summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorTimothy Pearson <kb9vqf@pearsoncomputing.net>2014-12-27 08:13:20 -0600
committerTimothy Pearson <kb9vqf@pearsoncomputing.net>2014-12-27 08:13:20 -0600
commit9b92536e6c51b66406d593745a938975e226f95e (patch)
treea40b0066dc774827f602f5e372c2f53656007553
downloadlibr-9b92536e.tar.gz
libr-9b92536e.zip
Initial import
-rw-r--r--ABOUT-NLS1068
-rw-r--r--AUTHORS6
-rw-r--r--COPYING504
-rw-r--r--ChangeLog39
-rw-r--r--INSTALL302
-rw-r--r--Makefile.am24
-rw-r--r--NEWS0
-rw-r--r--README41
-rw-r--r--TRASH177
-rw-r--r--TRASH.libr-gtk20
-rw-r--r--aclocal.m41174
-rw-r--r--config.h.in93
-rwxr-xr-xconfig.rpath666
-rw-r--r--configure.ac81
-rwxr-xr-xdepcomp630
-rw-r--r--doc/libr.cfg1515
-rwxr-xr-xinstall-sh520
-rw-r--r--libr.pc.in12
-rw-r--r--m4/ChangeLog11
-rw-r--r--man/Makefile.am5
-rw-r--r--man/Makefile.in471
-rwxr-xr-xmissing376
-rw-r--r--po/ChangeLog12
-rw-r--r--po/Makefile.in.in433
-rw-r--r--po/Makevars41
-rw-r--r--po/POTFILES.in1
-rw-r--r--po/Rules-quot47
-rw-r--r--po/boldquot.sed10
-rw-r--r--po/en@boldquot.header25
-rw-r--r--po/en@quot.header22
-rw-r--r--po/insert-header.sin23
-rw-r--r--po/quot.sed6
-rw-r--r--po/remove-potcdate.sin19
-rw-r--r--src/Makefile.am39
-rw-r--r--src/config.h94
-rw-r--r--src/cvtendian.h48
-rw-r--r--src/gettext.h271
-rw-r--r--src/libr-backends.h22
-rw-r--r--src/libr-bfd.c533
-rw-r--r--src/libr-bfd.h40
-rw-r--r--src/libr-elf.c412
-rw-r--r--src/libr-elf.h24
-rw-r--r--src/libr-gtk.c443
-rw-r--r--src/libr-gtk.h55
-rw-r--r--src/libr-i18n.c84
-rw-r--r--src/libr-i18n.h14
-rw-r--r--src/libr-icons.c643
-rw-r--r--src/libr-icons.h201
-rw-r--r--src/libr-internal.h34
-rw-r--r--src/libr-link.h26
-rw-r--r--src/libr-ro.c351
-rw-r--r--src/libr-ro.h62
-rw-r--r--src/libr.c489
-rw-r--r--src/libr.h416
-rw-r--r--src/onecanvas.c446
-rw-r--r--src/onecanvas.h6
-rw-r--r--src/tempfiles.c317
-rw-r--r--src/tempfiles.h13
58 files changed, 13457 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/ABOUT-NLS b/ABOUT-NLS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83bc72e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ABOUT-NLS
@@ -0,0 +1,1068 @@
+1 Notes on the Free Translation Project
+***************************************
+
+Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project is
+a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that free software will gradually become able to speak many
+languages. A few packages already provide translations for their
+messages.
+
+ If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
+
+ Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work on translations can contact the appropriate team.
+
+ When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+1.1 Quick configuration advice
+==============================
+
+If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+ So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
+
+1.2 INSTALL Matters
+===================
+
+Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the programs
+they contain can be made to speak your own native language. Most such
+packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own ways to
+internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+ By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the included GNU
+`gettext' library will be used. This library is wholly contained
+within this package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior
+installation of the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.
+Installers may use special options at configuration time for changing
+the default behaviour. The commands:
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+ ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will, respectively, bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.
+
+ When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this. This might not be desirable. You should use
+the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e. if the file
+`intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this package is
+more recent, you should use
+
+ ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+ The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
+
+ Internationalized packages usually have many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+1.3 Using This Package
+======================
+
+As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+`LL_CC' combination. If you happen to have the `LC_ALL' or some other
+`LC_xxx' environment variables set, you should unset them before
+setting `LANG', otherwise the setting of `LANG' will not have the
+desired effect. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code, and
+`CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.
+
+ You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+ The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
+language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
+on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
+used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
+locales supported by your system for your language by running the
+command `locale -a | grep '^LL''.
+
+ Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+ Special advice for Norwegian users: The language code for Norwegian
+bokma*l changed from `no' to `nb' recently (in 2003). During the
+transition period, while some message catalogs for this language are
+installed under `nb' and some older ones under `no', it's recommended
+for Norwegian users to set `LANGUAGE' to `nb:no' so that both newer and
+older translations are used.
+
+ In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
+
+1.4 Translating Teams
+=====================
+
+For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://translationproject.org/', in the "Teams" area.
+
+ If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
+
+ subscribe
+
+ Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `coordinator@translationproject.org' to
+reach the coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+ The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skills are praised more than
+programming skills, here.
+
+1.5 Available Packages
+======================
+
+Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of November
+2007. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.
+
+ Ready PO files af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo
+ +----------------------------------------------------+
+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] |
+ a2ps | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ aegis | () |
+ ant-phone | () |
+ anubis | [] |
+ ap-utils | |
+ aspell | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bash | [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | |
+ bison | [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] [] [] |
+ console-tools | [] [] |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | |
+ cpplib | [] [] [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ dialog | |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] () [] [] |
+ findutils | [] |
+ findutils_stable | [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] |
+ fslint | |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] [] |
+ gcal | [] |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] |
+ gip | [] |
+ gliv | [] [] |
+ glunarclock | [] |
+ gmult | [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () |
+ gnucash | [] [] () () [] |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] |
+ gnunet | |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | [] |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | |
+ gpe-edit | [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | |
+ gpe-go | [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
+ gpe-package | |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] |
+ gretl | () |
+ gsasl | |
+ gss | |
+ gst-plugins-bad | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gtick | () |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ herrie | [] |
+ hylafax | |
+ idutils | [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_15924 | |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | [] |
+ jtag | |
+ jwhois | |
+ kbd | [] [] [] [] |
+ keytouch | [] [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] |
+ latrine | () |
+ ld | [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] |
+ libextractor | [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | [] |
+ libgphoto2 | [] [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] |
+ libgsasl | |
+ libiconv | [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] [] |
+ lifelines | [] () |
+ lilypond | [] |
+ lingoteach | |
+ lprng | |
+ lynx | [] [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
+ mailfromd | |
+ mailutils | [] |
+ make | [] [] |
+ man-db | [] [] [] |
+ minicom | [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] |
+ parted | [] [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ popt | [] [] [] |
+ psmisc | [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ qof | |
+ radius | [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] () [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | |
+ skencil | [] () |
+ solfege | |
+ soundtracker | [] [] |
+ sp | [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] |
+ tin | () () |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] |
+ wastesedge | () |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +----------------------------------------------------+
+ af am ar az be bg bs ca cs cy da de el en en_GB eo
+ 6 0 2 1 8 26 2 40 48 2 56 88 15 1 15 18
+
+ es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ a2ps | [] [] [] () |
+ aegis | |
+ ant-phone | [] |
+ anubis | [] |
+ ap-utils | [] [] |
+ aspell | [] [] [] |
+ bash | [] |
+ bfd | [] [] |
+ bibshelf | [] [] [] |
+ binutils | [] [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] [] |
+ console-tools | |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | [] [] [] |
+ cpplib | [] [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ dialog | [] [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] |
+ findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] |
+ fslint | |
+ gas | [] [] |
+ gawk | [] [] [] [] () |
+ gcal | [] [] |
+ gcc | [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] [] [] |
+ gliv | () |
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () () |
+ gnucash | () () () |
+ gnuedu | [] |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] |
+ gnunet | |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | [] |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] |
+ gretl | [] [] [] () |
+ gsasl | [] [] |
+ gss | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] |
+ gtick | [] [] [] |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ herrie | [] |
+ hylafax | |
+ idutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_15924 | [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | [] |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | [] [] |
+ jtag | [] |
+ jwhois | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ kbd | [] [] |
+ keytouch | [] [] [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] [] |
+ latrine | [] [] |
+ ld | [] [] [] [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] |
+ libextractor | [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | [] |
+ libgphoto2 | [] [] [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] |
+ libgsasl | [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] |
+ lifelines | () |
+ lilypond | [] [] [] |
+ lingoteach | [] [] [] |
+ lprng | |
+ lynx | [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] |
+ mailfromd | |
+ mailutils | [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | [] |
+ minicom | [] [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] [] [] |
+ parted | [] [] [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ popt | [] [] [] [] |
+ psmisc | [] [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ qof | [] |
+ radius | [] [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | [] |
+ skencil | [] [] |
+ solfege | [] |
+ soundtracker | [] [] [] |
+ sp | [] |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] |
+ tin | [] () |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | [] [] |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | |
+ wastesedge | () |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ es et eu fa fi fr ga gl gu he hi hr hu id is it
+ 85 22 14 2 48 101 61 12 2 8 2 6 53 29 1 52
+
+ ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ Compendium | [] |
+ a2ps | () [] [] |
+ aegis | () |
+ ant-phone | [] |
+ anubis | [] [] [] |
+ ap-utils | [] |
+ aspell | [] [] |
+ bash | [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | |
+ bison | [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] |
+ cflow | |
+ clisp | [] |
+ console-tools | |
+ coreutils | [] |
+ cpio | [] |
+ cpplib | [] |
+ cryptonit | [] |
+ dialog | [] [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] |
+ doodle | |
+ e2fsprogs | [] |
+ enscript | [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] |
+ findutils | [] |
+ findutils_stable | [] |
+ flex | [] [] |
+ fslint | |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] |
+ gcal | |
+ gcc | |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] |
+ gliv | [] |
+ glunarclock | [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] [] |
+ gnubiff | |
+ gnucash | () () () |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] [] |
+ gnunet | |
+ gnunet-gtk | |
+ gnutls | [] |
+ gpe-aerial | [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] |
+ gpe-calendar | [] |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] |
+ gprof | [] |
+ gpsdrive | [] |
+ gramadoir | () |
+ grep | [] [] |
+ gretl | |
+ gsasl | [] |
+ gss | |
+ gst-plugins-bad | [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] |
+ gst-plugins-ugly | [] |
+ gstreamer | [] |
+ gtick | [] |
+ gtkam | [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ herrie | [] |
+ hylafax | |
+ idutils | [] |
+ indent | [] [] |
+ iso_15924 | [] |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | [] |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | () () |
+ jtag | |
+ jwhois | [] |
+ kbd | [] |
+ keytouch | [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | |
+ latrine | [] |
+ ld | |
+ leafpad | [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] |
+ libexif | |
+ libextractor | |
+ libgpewidget | [] |
+ libgpg-error | |
+ libgphoto2 | [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] |
+ libgsasl | [] |
+ libiconv | [] |
+ libidn | [] [] |
+ lifelines | [] |
+ lilypond | [] |
+ lingoteach | [] |
+ lprng | |
+ lynx | [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] |
+ mailfromd | |
+ mailutils | |
+ make | [] [] [] |
+ man-db | |
+ minicom | [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] |
+ parted | [] [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ popt | [] [] [] |
+ psmisc | [] [] [] |
+ pwdutils | |
+ qof | |
+ radius | |
+ recode | [] |
+ rpm | [] [] |
+ screem | [] |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] |
+ shishi | |
+ skencil | |
+ solfege | () () |
+ soundtracker | |
+ sp | () |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] |
+ tin | |
+ tuxpaint | () [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] |
+ util-linux-ng | [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | |
+ wastesedge | [] |
+ wdiff | [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ ja ka ko ku ky lg lt lv mk mn ms mt nb ne nl nn
+ 51 2 25 3 2 0 6 0 2 2 20 0 11 1 103 6
+
+ or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ a2ps | () [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ aegis | () () |
+ ant-phone | [] [] |
+ anubis | [] [] [] |
+ ap-utils | () |
+ aspell | [] [] [] |
+ bash | [] [] |
+ bfd | |
+ bibshelf | [] |
+ binutils | [] [] |
+ bison | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ cflow | [] |
+ clisp | [] |
+ console-tools | [] |
+ coreutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ cpio | [] [] [] |
+ cpplib | [] |
+ cryptonit | [] [] |
+ dialog | [] |
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ doodle | [] [] |
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] |
+ enscript | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ fetchmail | [] [] [] |
+ findutils | [] [] [] |
+ findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ flex | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ fslint | [] |
+ gas | |
+ gawk | [] [] [] [] |
+ gcal | [] |
+ gcc | [] [] |
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gip | [] [] [] [] |
+ gliv | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gmult | [] [] [] [] |
+ gnubiff | () [] |
+ gnucash | () [] |
+ gnuedu | |
+ gnulib | [] [] [] |
+ gnunet | |
+ gnunet-gtk | [] |
+ gnutls | [] [] |
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-beam | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-calendar | [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-conf | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-filemanager | [] [] |
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-package | [] [] |
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gpe-todo | [] [] [] [] |
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gprof | [] [] [] |
+ gpsdrive | [] [] |
+ gramadoir | [] [] |
+ grep | [] [] [] [] |
+ gretl | [] [] [] |
+ gsasl | [] [] [] |
+ gss | [] [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] |
+ gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] |
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] [] |
+ gtick | [] |
+ gtkam | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gtkorphan | [] |
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ gutenprint | [] |
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ herrie | [] [] [] |
+ hylafax | |
+ idutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_15924 | |
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_3166_2 | |
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ jpilot | |
+ jtag | [] |
+ jwhois | [] [] [] [] |
+ kbd | [] [] [] |
+ keytouch | [] |
+ keytouch-editor | [] |
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] |
+ latrine | |
+ ld | [] |
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libc | [] [] [] [] |
+ libexif | [] [] |
+ libextractor | [] [] |
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ libgpg-error | [] [] [] |
+ libgphoto2 | [] |
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] |
+ libgsasl | [] [] [] [] |
+ libiconv | [] [] [] |
+ libidn | [] [] () |
+ lifelines | [] [] |
+ lilypond | |
+ lingoteach | [] |
+ lprng | [] |
+ lynx | [] [] [] |
+ m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ mailfromd | [] |
+ mailutils | [] [] [] |
+ make | [] [] [] [] |
+ man-db | [] [] [] [] |
+ minicom | [] [] [] [] [] |
+ nano | [] [] [] [] |
+ opcodes | [] [] |
+ parted | [] |
+ pilot-qof | |
+ popt | [] [] [] [] |
+ psmisc | [] [] |
+ pwdutils | [] [] |
+ qof | [] [] |
+ radius | [] [] |
+ recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ rpm | [] [] [] [] |
+ screem | |
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ sharutils | [] [] [] [] |
+ shishi | [] |
+ skencil | [] [] [] |
+ solfege | [] |
+ soundtracker | [] [] |
+ sp | |
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ tar | [] [] [] [] |
+ texinfo | [] [] [] [] |
+ tin | () |
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ unicode-han-tra... | |
+ unicode-transla... | |
+ util-linux | [] [] [] [] |
+ util-linux-ng | [] [] [] [] |
+ vorbis-tools | [] |
+ wastesedge | |
+ wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ wget | [] [] [] [] |
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] |
+ xpad | [] [] [] |
+ +--------------------------------------------------+
+ or pa pl pt pt_BR rm ro ru rw sk sl sq sr sv ta
+ 0 5 77 31 53 4 58 72 3 45 46 9 45 122 3
+
+ tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu
+ +---------------------------------------------------+
+ Compendium | [] [] [] [] | 19
+ a2ps | [] [] [] | 19
+ aegis | [] | 1
+ ant-phone | [] [] | 6
+ anubis | [] [] [] | 11
+ ap-utils | () [] | 4
+ aspell | [] [] [] | 16
+ bash | [] | 6
+ bfd | | 2
+ bibshelf | [] | 7
+ binutils | [] [] [] [] | 9
+ bison | [] [] [] [] | 20
+ bison-runtime | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ bluez-pin | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ cflow | [] [] | 5
+ clisp | | 9
+ console-tools | [] [] | 5
+ coreutils | [] [] [] | 18
+ cpio | [] [] [] [] | 11
+ cpplib | [] [] [] [] [] | 12
+ cryptonit | [] | 6
+ dialog | [] [] [] | 9
+ diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 29
+ doodle | [] | 6
+ e2fsprogs | [] [] | 10
+ enscript | [] [] [] | 16
+ fetchmail | [] [] | 12
+ findutils | [] [] [] | 11
+ findutils_stable | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ flex | [] [] | 15
+ fslint | [] | 2
+ gas | [] | 3
+ gawk | [] [] [] | 16
+ gcal | [] | 5
+ gcc | [] [] [] | 7
+ gettext-examples | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 29
+ gettext-runtime | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ gettext-tools | [] [] [] [] [] | 20
+ gip | [] [] | 13
+ gliv | [] [] | 11
+ glunarclock | [] [] [] | 15
+ gmult | [] [] [] [] | 16
+ gnubiff | [] | 2
+ gnucash | () [] | 5
+ gnuedu | [] | 2
+ gnulib | [] | 10
+ gnunet | | 0
+ gnunet-gtk | [] [] | 3
+ gnutls | | 4
+ gpe-aerial | [] [] | 14
+ gpe-beam | [] [] | 14
+ gpe-calendar | [] [] | 7
+ gpe-clock | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-conf | [] [] [] | 16
+ gpe-contacts | [] [] | 10
+ gpe-edit | [] [] [] [] [] | 22
+ gpe-filemanager | [] [] | 7
+ gpe-go | [] [] [] [] | 19
+ gpe-login | [] [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-ownerinfo | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-package | [] | 6
+ gpe-sketchbook | [] [] | 16
+ gpe-su | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-taskmanager | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-timesheet | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ gpe-today | [] [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gpe-todo | [] [] | 8
+ gphoto2 | [] [] [] [] | 21
+ gprof | [] [] | 13
+ gpsdrive | [] | 5
+ gramadoir | [] | 7
+ grep | [] | 12
+ gretl | | 6
+ gsasl | [] [] [] | 9
+ gss | [] | 7
+ gst-plugins-bad | [] [] [] | 13
+ gst-plugins-base | [] [] | 11
+ gst-plugins-good | [] [] [] [] [] | 16
+ gst-plugins-ugly | [] [] [] | 13
+ gstreamer | [] [] [] | 18
+ gtick | [] [] | 7
+ gtkam | [] | 16
+ gtkorphan | [] | 7
+ gtkspell | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 27
+ gutenprint | | 4
+ hello | [] [] [] [] [] | 38
+ herrie | [] [] | 8
+ hylafax | | 0
+ idutils | [] [] | 15
+ indent | [] [] [] [] [] | 28
+ iso_15924 | [] [] | 4
+ iso_3166 | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 54
+ iso_3166_2 | [] [] | 4
+ iso_4217 | [] [] [] [] [] | 24
+ iso_639 | [] [] [] [] [] | 26
+ jpilot | [] [] [] [] | 7
+ jtag | [] | 3
+ jwhois | [] [] [] | 13
+ kbd | [] [] [] | 13
+ keytouch | [] | 8
+ keytouch-editor | [] | 5
+ keytouch-keyboa... | [] | 5
+ latrine | [] [] | 5
+ ld | [] [] [] [] | 10
+ leafpad | [] [] [] [] [] | 24
+ libc | [] [] [] | 19
+ libexif | [] | 5
+ libextractor | [] | 5
+ libgpewidget | [] [] [] | 20
+ libgpg-error | [] | 6
+ libgphoto2 | [] [] | 9
+ libgphoto2_port | [] [] [] | 11
+ libgsasl | [] | 8
+ libiconv | [] [] | 11
+ libidn | [] [] | 11
+ lifelines | | 4
+ lilypond | [] | 6
+ lingoteach | [] | 6
+ lprng | [] | 2
+ lynx | [] [] [] | 15
+ m4 | [] [] [] | 18
+ mailfromd | [] [] | 3
+ mailutils | [] [] | 8
+ make | [] [] [] | 20
+ man-db | [] | 9
+ minicom | [] | 14
+ nano | [] [] [] | 20
+ opcodes | [] [] | 10
+ parted | [] [] [] | 11
+ pilot-qof | [] | 1
+ popt | [] [] [] [] | 18
+ psmisc | [] [] | 10
+ pwdutils | [] | 3
+ qof | [] | 4
+ radius | [] [] | 7
+ recode | [] [] [] | 25
+ rpm | [] [] [] [] | 13
+ screem | [] | 2
+ scrollkeeper | [] [] [] [] | 26
+ sed | [] [] [] [] | 23
+ shared-mime-info | [] [] [] | 29
+ sharutils | [] [] [] | 23
+ shishi | [] | 3
+ skencil | [] | 7
+ solfege | [] | 3
+ soundtracker | [] [] | 9
+ sp | [] | 3
+ system-tools-ba... | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 38
+ tar | [] [] [] | 17
+ texinfo | [] [] [] | 15
+ tin | | 1
+ tuxpaint | [] [] [] | 19
+ unicode-han-tra... | | 0
+ unicode-transla... | | 2
+ util-linux | [] [] [] | 20
+ util-linux-ng | [] [] [] | 20
+ vorbis-tools | [] [] | 4
+ wastesedge | | 1
+ wdiff | [] [] | 23
+ wget | [] [] [] | 20
+ xchat | [] [] [] [] | 29
+ xkeyboard-config | [] [] [] | 14
+ xpad | [] [] [] | 15
+ +---------------------------------------------------+
+ 76 teams tg th tk tr uk ven vi wa xh zh_CN zh_HK zh_TW zu
+ 163 domains 0 3 1 74 51 0 143 21 1 57 7 45 0 2036
+
+ Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+ For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+distribution.
+
+ If November 2007 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most
+up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://translationproject.org/extra/matrix.html'.
+
+1.6 Using `gettext' in new packages
+===================================
+
+If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+ Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+the use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
+`coordinator@translationproject.org' to make the `.pot' files available
+to the translation teams.
+
diff --git a/AUTHORS b/AUTHORS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d663320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AUTHORS
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+Timothy Pearson (kb9vqf at pearsoncomputing dot net)
+
+Erich Hoover (ehoover at mines dot edu)
+
+Read-only Backend:
+ Martin Rosenau
diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ab7695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 2.1, February 1999
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
+ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
+ the version number 2.1.]
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
+Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
+can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
+this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
+strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
+not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
+you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
+for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
+it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
+it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
+these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
+rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
+you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
+with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
+library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
+there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
+modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
+that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
+author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
+introduced by others.
+
+ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
+any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
+effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
+restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
+any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
+consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
+
+ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
+ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
+is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
+this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
+libraries into non-free programs.
+
+ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
+a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
+combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
+General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
+entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
+Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
+the library.
+
+ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
+does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
+Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
+of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
+are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
+libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
+special circumstances.
+
+ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
+encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
+a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
+allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
+library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
+case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
+software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
+
+ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
+programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
+free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
+non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
+operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
+system.
+
+ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
+users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
+linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
+that program using a modified version of the Library.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
+former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
+be combined with the library in order to run.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
+program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
+other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
+this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
+Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+
+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+ in the event an application does not supply such function or
+ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+ its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+ application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+ root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
+ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+ to use the modified definitions.)
+
+ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
+ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
+ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
+ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
+ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
+ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
+
+ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+ least three years, to give the same user the materials
+ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+ than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+ specified materials from the same place.
+
+ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
+the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
+normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
+ Sections above.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
+this License.
+
+ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+ NO WARRANTY
+
+ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
+
+
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad4d94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+0.6.0:
+ * Fixed some bugs with libbfd on Ubuntu 10.10.
+ * Added some additional error checking for libbfd.
+ * Deprecated "GUID naming" in favor of "UUID naming".
+ * Added support for extracting special 'one canvas' SVG icons.
+0.5.0:
+ * Added read-only backend.
+ * Added documentation for the icon management API.
+ * Added pkg-config file generation and installation.
+ * Added initial support for manpages through doxygen.
+ * Added documentation for the main resource management API.
+0.4.2:
+ * Temporary files are no-longer stored in the active directory.
+ * Handles are now automatically cleaned up when libr exits memory.
+0.4.1:
+ * New procedure for producing packages.
+ * Fixed a bug with sscanf under specific new GCC versions.
+0.4.0:
+ * Created a convenience API for using libr with gettext.
+ * Added support for GtkBuilder in GTK+ convenience functions.
+ * Now using weak linking to simplify testing whether GTK+ symbols are available.
+ * GTK+ routines can now auto-load other resources (such as bitmaps) from binaries.
+
+ Major bug fixes:
+ 1) Fixed a problem with dynamically loading GTK+ on 64-bit systems.
+ 2) Fixed several problems keeping libr from being statically linked in applications.
+0.3.1:
+ * Report descriptive errors for problems.
+ * Made icon routines thread safe.
+
+ Major bug fixes:
+ 1) Replacing an icon added duplicate entries to the icon table
+ 2) File uid and gid were not preserved
+0.3.0:
+ * Created a convenience API for using libr with GTK+.
+0.2.1:
+ * Minor bug fixes.
+0.2.0:
+ * Initial public "libr" library implementation with option (default) of using libbfd.
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2550dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+Basic Installation
+==================
+
+ Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package. The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.
+
+ The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
+those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+ It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.
+
+ If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
+to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
+be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
+
+ The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
+
+The simplest way to compile this package is:
+
+ 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+ `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
+
+ Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
+ some messages telling which features it is checking for.
+
+ 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+
+ 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+ the package.
+
+ 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+ documentation.
+
+ 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+ source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
+ files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+ a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
+ also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+ for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
+ all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
+ with the distribution.
+
+ 6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+ files again.
+
+Compilers and Options
+=====================
+
+ Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
+the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+
+ You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
+is an example:
+
+ ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+ *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
+
+Compiling For Multiple Architectures
+====================================
+
+ You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
+own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
+directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
+the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
+source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+
+ With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+ On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
+this:
+
+ ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+ This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
+
+Installation Names
+==================
+
+ By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
+
+ You can specify separate installation prefixes for
+architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
+
+ In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+
+ If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
+option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+Optional Features
+=================
+
+ Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
+`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+package recognizes.
+
+ For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
+you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
+`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+ On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
+CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+ On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
+a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
+to try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+ ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+ On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
+in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
+
+ On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
+not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+ ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
+
+Specifying the System Type
+==========================
+
+ There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
+ CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
+
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+ OS
+ KERNEL-OS
+
+ See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
+`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+ If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+ If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
+
+Sharing Defaults
+================
+
+ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
+`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+
+Defining Variables
+==================
+
+ Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
+
+ ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+ CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+ `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+operates.
+
+`--help'
+`-h'
+ Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
+
+`--help=short'
+`--help=recursive'
+ Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+ `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
+ only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
+ also present in any nested packages.
+
+`--version'
+`-V'
+ Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+ script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+ Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+ traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+ disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+ Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+`--quiet'
+`--silent'
+`-q'
+ Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
+ suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+ messages will still be shown).
+
+`--srcdir=DIR'
+ Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
+ `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+`--prefix=DIR'
+ Use DIR as the installation prefix. *Note Installation Names::
+ for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
+ the installation locations.
+
+`--no-create'
+`-n'
+ Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+ files.
+
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
+`configure --help' for more details.
+
diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..425507e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+EXTRA_DIST = config.rpath m4/ChangeLog
+LIBTOOL_DEPS = @LIBTOOL_DEPS@
+instdir = @libdir@/pkgconfig
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+SUBDIRS = po src man
+SED_REPLACE = \
+ -e 's=\@prefix\@=@prefix@=' \
+ -e 's=\@libdir\@=@libdir@=' \
+ -e 's=\@VERSION\@=@VERSION@=' \
+ -e 's=\@exec_prefix\@=@exec_prefix@=' \
+ -e 's=\@includedir\@=@includedir@/libr='
+
+libtool: $(LIBTOOL_DEPS)
+ $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+
+# Generate the pkg-config configuration file with all of
+# the accurate installation parameters
+libr.pc: libr.pc.in
+ cat libr.pc.in | sed $(SED_REPLACE) > libr.pc
+CLEANFILES=libr.pc
+
+# Install the pkg-config configuration file
+dist_inst_DATA = \
+ libr.pc
diff --git a/NEWS b/NEWS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69de29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NEWS
diff --git a/README b/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6dc4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+libr - Library to manage resources in ELF binaries
+
+See the INSTALL file for general installation instructions.
+
+* What is the purpose of this library?
+This library is intended to provide an easy to use mechanism for managing
+(embedding, retrieving, deleting) resources in ELF binaries. The library
+provides a solid API and ABI that implements the preliminary spec for adding
+ELF resources (icons or otherwise) documented at:
+https://wiki.ubuntu.com/ELFIconSpec
+Please note that should a backward-incompatible change occur to the API/ABI
+then the shared library version code will be bumped.
+
+* Why are there multiple backends?
+Originally this library was written to use libelf, unfortunately libelf has
+some issues with reordering data in small executables. Until these issues are
+resolved please use libbfd (the default backend) or the read-only backend.
+If you would like to experiment with the libelf backend you can try and set
+resources on the application "alsamixer", which is a commonly installed
+application that is known to break.
+
+* What is the read-only backend?
+The read-only backend is a dependency-free backend that is capable of reading
+libr resources. Support for this backend is thanks to Martin Rosenau.
+This backend is currently a new edition to libr, however, in the long-run the
+read-only backend will be the recommended (default) backend for the purpose of
+most applications. Only a special class of application (primarily elfres)
+needs to actually add and remove resources in a binary, most applications
+need only read resources already added by elfres.
+
+NOTICE! This library is licensed under the LGPL v2.1 while the backend for
+libbfd is licensed under the LGPL v3. You may choose to distribute your
+modifications to this variant of the library under the LGPL v3, in accordance
+with Section 5 of that license. Should you wish to excise libbfd from this
+library you may choose to remove libr_bfd.h and libr_bfd.c and compile against
+libelf instead, the backend may be selected at configure time:
+./configure --libr-backend=libelf
+
+I consider the ability to select the library backend as satisfying the LGPL v3
+Section 5a requirement and this notice (and the notice contained within
+libr_bfd.c) to satisfy the Section 5b requirement.
diff --git a/TRASH b/TRASH
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a63c51c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TRASH
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+
+#ifdef __LINK_AT_RUNTIME__
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(long, bfd_canonicalize_reloc,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *sec, arelent **loc, asymbol **syms);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_close,
+ bfd *abfd);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_check_format,
+ bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(const char *, bfd_errmsg,
+ bfd_error_type error_tag);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(enum bfd_architecture, bfd_get_arch,
+ bfd *abfd);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_error_type, bfd_get_error,
+ void);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(unsigned long, bfd_get_mach,
+ bfd *abfd);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(long, bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *sect);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_get_section_contents,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *section, void *location, file_ptr offset,
+bfd_size_type count);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(asection *, bfd_make_section,
+ bfd *, const char *name);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(asection *, bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags,
+ bfd *abfd, const char *name, flagword flags);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd *, bfd_openr, const char *filename,
+ const char *target);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd *, bfd_openw,
+ const char *filename, const char *target);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_file_flags,
+ bfd *abfd, flagword flags);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(void, bfd_set_reloc,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *sec, arelent **rel, unsigned int count);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_section_contents,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *section, const void *data, file_ptr offset,
+bfd_size_type count);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_format,
+ bfd *abfd, bfd_format format);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_section_flags,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *sec, flagword flags);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_section_size,
+ bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_size_type val);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_start_address,
+ bfd *abfd, bfd_vma vma);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(bfd_boolean, bfd_set_symtab,
+ bfd *abfd, asymbol **location, unsigned int count);
+
+#define bfd_canonicalize_reloc
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_canonicalize_reloc)
+#define bfd_close OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_close)
+#define bfd_check_format
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_check_format)
+#define bfd_errmsg OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_errmsg)
+#define bfd_get_arch OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_get_arch)
+#define bfd_get_error
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_get_error)
+#define bfd_get_mach OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_get_mach)
+#define bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound)
+#define bfd_get_section_contents
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_get_section_contents)
+#define bfd_make_section
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_make_section)
+#define bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags)
+#define bfd_openr OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_openr)
+#define bfd_openw OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_openw)
+#define bfd_set_file_flags
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_file_flags)
+#define bfd_set_format
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_format)
+#define bfd_set_reloc
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_reloc)
+#define bfd_set_section_contents
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_section_contents)
+#define bfd_set_section_flags
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_section_flags)
+#define bfd_set_section_size
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_section_size)
+#define bfd_set_start_address
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_start_address)
+#define bfd_set_symtab
+OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(bfd_set_symtab)
+
+SYMBOL_TABLE(libbfd_symbols,
+ SYMBOL(bfd_openr),
+ SYMBOL(bfd_set_format),
+);
+#endif
+
+#include <librsvg/rsvg.h>
+
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(void, rsvg_init, void);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(RsvgHandle *, rsvg_handle_new, void);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(GdkPixbuf *, rsvg_handle_get_pixbuf, RsvgHandle *handle);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(gboolean, rsvg_handle_close, RsvgHandle * handle, GError ** error);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(void, rsvg_handle_get_dimensions, RsvgHandle * handle, RsvgDimensionData * dimension_data);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(gboolean, rsvg_handle_write, RsvgHandle * handle, const guchar * buf, gsize count, GError ** error);
+DEFINE_SYMBOL(void, rsvg_handle_set_size_callback, RsvgHandle * handle, RsvgSizeFunc size_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify user_data_destroy);
+
+#define rsvg_init OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_init)
+#define rsvg_handle_new OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_new)
+#define rsvg_handle_get_pixbuf OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_get_pixbuf)
+#define rsvg_handle_close OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_close)
+#define rsvg_handle_write OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_write)
+#define rsvg_handle_set_size_callback OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_set_size_callback)
+#define rsvg_handle_get_dimensions OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_get_dimensions)
+
+SYMBOL_TABLE(librsvg_symbols,
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_init),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_new),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_close),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_write),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_get_pixbuf),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_get_dimensions),
+ SYMBOL(rsvg_handle_set_size_callback),
+);
+
+/*
+ * Scale the SVG image to the required icon size
+ */
+static void rsvg_set_iconsize(int *width, int *height, gpointer data)
+{
+ float multiplier = *(float*)data;
+
+ (*width) *= multiplier;
+ (*height) *= multiplier;
+}
+
+ if(!rsvg_linked)
+ {
+ if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("librsvg-2.so", librsvg_symbols))
+ {
+ // libr_icon_gtk requires that your application be linked to librsvg
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ RsvgHandle *rsvg = NULL;
+ libr_icontype_t type;
+ type = icon_handle->type;
+ if(type == LIBR_SVG)
+ {
+ RsvgHandle *rsvg = rsvg_handle_new();
+ if(rsvg != NULL)
+ {
+ if(rsvg_handle_write(rsvg, iconfile, iconfile_size, NULL))
+ {
+ if(rsvg_handle_close(rsvg, NULL))
+ {
+ RsvgDimensionData dim;
+ float multiplier;
+ int old_size;
+
+ rsvg_handle_get_dimensions(rsvg, &dim);
+ if(dim.width > dim.height)
+ old_size = dim.width;
+ else
+ old_size = dim.height;
+ multiplier = ((float)sizes[i])/old_size;
+ rsvg_handle_set_size_callback(rsvg, rsvg_set_iconsize, (void *) &multiplier, NULL);
+ icon = rsvg_handle_get_pixbuf(rsvg);
+ icons = g_list_append(icons, icon);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(iconfile);
+ }
+ else if(type == LIBR_PNG)
+ {
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Unhandled image type */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+
diff --git a/TRASH.libr-gtk b/TRASH.libr-gtk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3044b79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TRASH.libr-gtk
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+printf("loads...\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libgtk-x11-2.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 0\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libgdk-x11-2.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 1\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libatk-1.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 2\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libgdk_pixbuf-2.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 3\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libpangocairo-1.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 4\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libpango-1.0", null_symbols))
+printf("err 5\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libcairo", null_symbols))
+printf("err 6\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libfreetype", null_symbols))
+printf("err 7\n");
+if(!LOAD_SYMBOLS("libxml2", null_symbols))
+printf("err 8\n");
+
diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4140f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,1174 @@
+# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.67],,
+[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.67.
+You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
+If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
+To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
+
+# intlmacosx.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.18)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
+dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
+[
+ dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
+ [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>],
+ [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], [1],
+ [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+ fi
+ dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent],
+ [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+ LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
+ [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
+ LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+ AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], [1],
+ [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+ fi
+ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
+ if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+ fi
+ AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
+])
+
+# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
+# serial 1 (pkg-config-0.24)
+#
+# Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
+# ----------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
+[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
+m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_PATH)?$])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
+AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
+
+if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
+ AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
+fi
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
+ AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
+ if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ else
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ PKG_CONFIG=""
+ fi
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
+
+# PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+# Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar
+# to PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
+#
+# Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+# only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
+# it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
+# have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
+ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
+ m4_default([$2], [:])
+m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
+ $3])dnl
+fi])
+
+# _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
+# ---------------------------------------------
+m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
+[if test -n "$$1"; then
+ pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
+ elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
+ PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
+ [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`],
+ [pkg_failed=yes])
+ else
+ pkg_failed=untried
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_CONFIG
+
+# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+# -----------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
+if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
+ _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
+else
+ _pkg_short_errors_supported=no
+fi[]dnl
+])# _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+
+
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
+# [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
+#
+#
+# Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
+# PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
+# explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
+#
+#
+# --------------------------------------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
+
+pkg_failed=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $1])
+
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
+_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
+
+m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
+and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
+See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
+
+if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
+ if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
+ $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+ else
+ $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors "$2" 2>&1`
+ fi
+ # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
+ echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
+
+ m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
+[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
+
+$$1_PKG_ERRORS
+
+Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
+installed software in a non-standard prefix.
+
+_PKG_TEXT])dnl
+ ])
+elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+ m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
+[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
+is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
+path to pkg-config.
+
+_PKG_TEXT
+
+To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])dnl
+ ])
+else
+ $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
+ $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
+ AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+ $3
+fi[]dnl
+])# PKG_CHECK_MODULES
+
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
+# ----------------------------
+# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
+# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
+# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[am__api_version='1.11'
+dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
+dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
+m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
+ [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
+])
+
+# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
+# -----------------------------
+# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
+# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies
+# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
+m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
+
+# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
+# -------------------------------
+# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
+# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
+[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
+m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
+ [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
+_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
+
+# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
+# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
+# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
+#
+# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
+# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
+# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
+# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
+# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
+# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
+# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
+#
+# $ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
+# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
+# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
+# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
+# a relative $ac_aux_dir
+#
+# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
+# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
+# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
+# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
+#
+# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
+# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
+# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
+# and then we would define $MISSING as
+# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
+# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
+# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
+# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
+# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
+#
+# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
+# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
+# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
+[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
+AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
+# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
+am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
+])
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 9
+
+# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
+# -------------------------------------
+# Define a conditional.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
+[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
+ ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
+ [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
+AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
+m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
+if $2; then
+ $1_TRUE=
+ $1_FALSE='#'
+else
+ $1_TRUE='#'
+ $1_FALSE=
+fi
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
+[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
+Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
+fi])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 10
+
+# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
+# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
+# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
+# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
+# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
+
+
+# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
+# ----------------------
+# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
+# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
+# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
+#
+# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
+# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
+# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
+# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
+
+ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
+ [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
+ [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
+
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
+ [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
+[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
+ # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
+ # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
+ # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
+ # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
+ # in D'.
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
+ # using a relative directory.
+ cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
+ cd conftest.dir
+ # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
+ # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
+ # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
+ # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
+ # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
+ # directory.
+ mkdir sub
+
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+ if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
+ am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
+ fi
+ am__universal=false
+ m4_case([$1], [CC],
+ [case " $depcc " in #(
+ *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+ esac],
+ [CXX],
+ [case " $depcc " in #(
+ *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
+ esac])
+
+ for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
+ # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
+ # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
+ # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
+ #
+ # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
+ # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
+ # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
+ : > sub/conftest.c
+ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
+ echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
+ # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
+ # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
+ touch sub/conftst$i.h
+ done
+ echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
+
+ # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
+ # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
+ # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
+ # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
+ am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
+ case $depmode in
+ gcc)
+ # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
+ test "$am__universal" = false || continue
+ ;;
+ nosideeffect)
+ # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
+ # only be used when explicitly requested
+ if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
+ continue
+ else
+ break
+ fi
+ ;;
+ msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
+ # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
+ # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
+ # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
+ am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
+ am__minus_obj=
+ ;;
+ none) break ;;
+ esac
+ if depmode=$depmode \
+ source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
+ depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
+ $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
+ >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
+ grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
+ ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
+ # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
+ # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
+ # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
+ # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
+ # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
+ # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
+ if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
+ grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
+ break
+ fi
+ fi
+ done
+
+ cd ..
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+else
+ am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
+fi
+])
+AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
+AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
+ test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
+ && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
+])
+
+
+# AM_SET_DEPDIR
+# -------------
+# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
+# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_DEP_TRACK
+# ------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
+[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
+[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
+ --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors])
+if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
+ am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
+ AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
+AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
+])
+
+# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+#serial 5
+
+# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[{
+ # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
+ # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
+ # if we detect the quoting.
+ case $CONFIG_FILES in
+ *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
+ *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
+ esac
+ shift
+ for mf
+ do
+ # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
+ mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
+ # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
+ # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
+ # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
+ # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
+ # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
+ # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
+ # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
+ if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
+ else
+ continue
+ fi
+ # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
+ # from the Makefile without running `make'.
+ DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
+ am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
+ test -z "am__include" && continue
+ am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
+ U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
+ # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
+ # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
+ # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
+ # expansion.
+ for file in `sed -n "
+ s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
+ sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
+ # Make sure the directory exists.
+ test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
+ fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
+ AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
+ # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
+ echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
+ done
+ done
+}
+])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+
+
+# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
+# -----------------------------
+# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
+#
+# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
+# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will
+# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
+ [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
+ [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
+])
+
+# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
+# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 16
+
+# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
+# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
+
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
+# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
+# -----------------------------------------------
+# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
+# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
+# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
+# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
+# We support both call styles for the transition. After
+# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
+# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
+# release and drop the old call support.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
+dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
+dnl the ones we care about.
+m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
+ # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
+ # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
+ AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
+ # test to see if srcdir already configured
+ if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
+ fi
+fi
+
+# test whether we have cygpath
+if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
+ if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
+ else
+ CYGPATH_W=echo
+ fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
+
+# Define the identity of the package.
+dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
+m4_ifval([$2],
+[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
+[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
+dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
+m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
+ [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
+ AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
+
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
+[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
+
+# Some tools Automake needs.
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
+AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
+AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
+AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
+# some platforms.
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
+_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
+ [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
+ [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
+[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
+ defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
+AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+ [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
+ [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
+ defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
+])
+_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
+dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
+dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro
+dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
+AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
+[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+ [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
+])
+
+dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
+dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
+dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
+m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
+m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
+
+
+# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
+
+# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
+# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
+# our stamp files there.
+AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
+[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
+_am_arg=$1
+_am_stamp_count=1
+for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
+ case $_am_header in
+ $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
+ break ;;
+ * )
+ _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
+ esac
+done
+echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
+# ------------------
+# Define $install_sh.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
+ *)
+ install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
+ esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
+# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
+[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
+mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+if test -d .tst; then
+ am__leading_dot=.
+else
+ am__leading_dot=_
+fi
+rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
+AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
+
+# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
+# -----------------
+# Check to see how make treats includes.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
+[am_make=${MAKE-make}
+cat > confinc << 'END'
+am__doit:
+ @echo this is the am__doit target
+.PHONY: am__doit
+END
+# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
+am__include="#"
+am__quote=
+_am_result=none
+# First try GNU make style include.
+echo "include confinc" > confmf
+# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
+case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+*the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=include
+ am__quote=
+ _am_result=GNU
+ ;;
+esac
+# Now try BSD make style include.
+if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
+ echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
+ case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
+ *the\ am__doit\ target*)
+ am__include=.include
+ am__quote="\""
+ _am_result=BSD
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+AC_SUBST([am__include])
+AC_SUBST([am__quote])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
+rm -f confinc confmf
+])
+
+# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 6
+
+# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
+# ------------------------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
+$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
+AC_SUBST($1)])
+
+
+# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
+# ------------------
+# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
+# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
+if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
+ case $am_aux_dir in
+ *\ * | *\ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
+ *)
+ MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
+ esac
+fi
+# Use eval to expand $SHELL
+if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
+ am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
+else
+ am_missing_run=
+ AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
+fi
+])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
+# ---------------
+# Check for `mkdir -p'.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
+[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
+dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P,
+dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
+dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
+dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
+dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
+dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
+dnl MKDIR_P).
+AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
+case $mkdir_p in
+ [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
+ */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
+esac
+])
+
+# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 4
+
+# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
+# -----------------------
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
+[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
+# ------------------------------
+# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
+[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
+
+# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
+# ----------------------------------
+# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
+[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
+
+# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
+[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
+
+# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 5
+
+# AM_SANITY_CHECK
+# ---------------
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
+# Just in case
+sleep 1
+echo timestamp > conftest.file
+# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
+# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
+am_lf='
+'
+case `pwd` in
+ *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
+esac
+case $srcdir in
+ *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
+esac
+
+# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
+# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
+# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
+# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
+# directory).
+if (
+ set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
+ if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
+ # -L didn't work.
+ set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.file
+ if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
+ && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
+
+ # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
+ # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
+ # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
+ # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
+alias in your environment])
+ fi
+
+ test "$[2]" = conftest.file
+ )
+then
+ # Ok.
+ :
+else
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
+Check your system clock])
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
+# ---------------------
+# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
+# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
+# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
+# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
+# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
+# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
+# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
+# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
+# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
+# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
+# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
+dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
+if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
+ AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
+fi
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
+AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
+
+# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
+# This macro is traced by Automake.
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
+
+# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
+# ---------------------------
+# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
+
+# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# serial 2
+
+# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
+# --------------------
+# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
+# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
+# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
+# $tardir.
+# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
+#
+# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
+# a tarball read from stdin.
+# $(am__untar) < result.tar
+AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
+[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
+m4_if([$1], [v7],
+ [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
+ [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
+ [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
+# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
+_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
+_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
+# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
+# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
+for _am_tool in $_am_tools
+do
+ case $_am_tool in
+ gnutar)
+ for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
+ do
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
+ done
+ am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
+ am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
+ ;;
+ plaintar)
+ # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
+ # ustar tarball either.
+ (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
+ am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='tar xf -'
+ ;;
+ pax)
+ am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
+ am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
+ am__untar='pax -r'
+ ;;
+ cpio)
+ am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
+ am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
+ ;;
+ none)
+ am__tar=false
+ am__tar_=false
+ am__untar=false
+ ;;
+ esac
+
+ # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
+ # and am__untar set.
+ test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
+
+ # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ mkdir conftest.dir
+ echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
+ AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
+ rm -rf conftest.dir
+ if test -s conftest.tar; then
+ AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
+ grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
+ fi
+done
+rm -rf conftest.dir
+
+AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
+AC_SUBST([am__tar])
+AC_SUBST([am__untar])
+]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
+
+m4_include([m4/gettext.m4])
+m4_include([m4/iconv.m4])
+m4_include([m4/lib-ld.m4])
+m4_include([m4/lib-link.m4])
+m4_include([m4/lib-prefix.m4])
+m4_include([m4/libtool.m4])
+m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4])
+m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4])
+m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4])
+m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4])
+m4_include([m4/nls.m4])
+m4_include([m4/po.m4])
+m4_include([m4/progtest.m4])
diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac8af9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config.h.in
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+ language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
+ CoreFoundation framework. */
+#undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
+ the CoreFoundation framework. */
+#undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
+
+/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
+ */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MATH_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <pthread.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ZLIB_H
+
+/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
+ */
+#undef LT_OBJDIR
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
diff --git a/config.rpath b/config.rpath
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c547c68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config.rpath
@@ -0,0 +1,666 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
+# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
+#
+# Copyright 1996-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
+# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
+# should be set by the caller.
+#
+# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
+
+# Known limitations:
+# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
+# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
+# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
+# directory and/or the installation directory.
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+shrext=.so
+
+host="$1"
+host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
+
+for cc_temp in $CC""; do
+ case $cc_temp in
+ compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+ distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+ \-*) ;;
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+done
+cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
+
+wl=
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ wl='-Wl,'
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ darwin*)
+ case $cc_basename in
+ xlc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2*)
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ ;;
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ case $cc_basename in
+ icc* | ecc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ ccc*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ como)
+ wl='-lopt='
+ ;;
+ *)
+ case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+ *Sun\ C*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ rdos*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ wl='-Qoption ld '
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ unicos*)
+ wl='-Wl,'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
+
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+hardcode_libdir_separator=
+hardcode_direct=no
+hardcode_minus_L=no
+
+case "$host_os" in
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ interix*)
+ # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+ with_gnu_ld=yes
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ with_gnu_ld=no
+ ;;
+esac
+
+ld_shlibs=yes
+if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+ # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+ # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+ # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+ # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
+ # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+ # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+ if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+ # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+ # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+ # with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
+ # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
+ # them.
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ interix[3-9]*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+ case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+ *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ *)
+ if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+ :
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+ fi
+else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+ # are no directories specified by -L.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+ # broken collect2.
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ fi
+ ;;
+ aix4* | aix5*)
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+ # have to do anything special.
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ else
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+ # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+ # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+ # need to do runtime linking.
+ case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+ for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+ if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+ aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+ break
+ fi
+ done
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+ collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+ if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+ then
+ # We have reworked collect2
+ :
+ else
+ # We have old collect2
+ hardcode_direct=unsupported
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+ echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
+ ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
+ aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+ aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+ fi
+ if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+ aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
+ fi
+ rm -f conftest.c conftest
+ # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+ if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+ else
+ if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+ else
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+ fi
+ fi
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ bsdi[45]*)
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+ # Microsoft Visual C++.
+ # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+ # no search path for DLLs.
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+ libext=lib
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
+ :
+ else
+ case $cc_basename in
+ xlc*)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ freebsd2.2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd2*)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ hpux9*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ hpux10*)
+ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ hpux11*)
+ if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ case $host_cpu in
+ hppa*64*|ia64*)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ ;;
+ *)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+ # but as the default location of the library.
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ else
+ case "$host_os" in
+ openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ else
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ fi
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ osf3*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ osf4* | osf5*)
+ if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+ else
+ # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+ fi
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ hardcode_direct=yes
+ hardcode_minus_L=yes
+ ;;
+ sysv4)
+ case $host_vendor in
+ sni)
+ hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+ ;;
+ siemens)
+ hardcode_direct=no
+ ;;
+ motorola)
+ hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ sysv4.3*)
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ if test -d /usr/nec; then
+ ld_shlibs=yes
+ fi
+ ;;
+ sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
+ hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ ld_shlibs=no
+ ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+# Check dynamic linker characteristics
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
+# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
+# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
+# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
+# linker has special search rules.
+library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+case "$host_os" in
+ aix3*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ aix4* | aix5*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ amigaos*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ beos*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ bsdi[45]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+ shrext=.dll
+ library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
+ ;;
+ darwin* | rhapsody*)
+ shrext=.dylib
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ dgux*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ freebsd1*)
+ ;;
+ freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+ case "$host_os" in
+ freebsd[123]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
+ *)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ gnu*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+ case $host_cpu in
+ ia64*)
+ shrext=.so
+ ;;
+ hppa*64*)
+ shrext=.sl
+ ;;
+ *)
+ shrext=.sl
+ ;;
+ esac
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ interix[3-9]*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ case "$host_os" in
+ irix5* | nonstopux*)
+ libsuff= shlibsuff=
+ ;;
+ *)
+ case $LD in
+ *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
+ *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
+ *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ esac
+ ;;
+ linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+ ;;
+ linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ knetbsd*-gnu)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ netbsd*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ newsos6)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ nto-qnx*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ openbsd*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+ ;;
+ os2*)
+ libname_spec='$name'
+ shrext=.dll
+ library_names_spec='$libname.a'
+ ;;
+ osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ rdos*)
+ ;;
+ solaris*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sunos4*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
+ ;;
+ sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sysv4*MP*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+ uts4*)
+ library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
+ ;;
+esac
+
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
+escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl="$escaped_wl"
+
+# Static library suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
+shlibext="$shlibext"
+
+# Format of library name prefix.
+libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
+
+# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
+library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
+
+EOF
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de6e818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+AC_INIT(libr.c)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(libr,0.6.0)
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/libr.c])
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AC_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_HEADER_STDC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
+
+# It is important to build both a static and a shared version of the libr
+# library. The shared version is for future-proofing, whereas the static
+# version should be used to make a more portable binary until libr is
+# more widely distributed (as in distributed at all).
+AC_ENABLE_SHARED
+AC_ENABLE_STATIC
+
+# Setup libtool
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL_DEPS)
+
+## Handle optional libraries (only header files are used)
+PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBGLADE, libglade-2.0 >= 2.0.0)
+
+## Handle required components
+# Is this the best check for zlib that can be made?
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(zlib.h math.h pthread.h)
+EXTRA_LIBS="-lz -lm -lpthread"
+EXTRA_CFLAGS="-fvisibility=hidden"
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(EXTRA_LIBS)
+
+## Handle backend configuration
+LIBR_BACKEND="bfd"
+BACKEND_NAME="libbfd"
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(libelf, [ --enable-libelf use the libelf backend ], [
+ if test "$enableval" = "yes" ; then
+ LIBR_BACKEND="elf"
+ BACKEND_NAME="libelf"
+ fi
+])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(libbfd, [ --enable-libbfd use the libbfd backend (default) ], [
+ if test "$enableval" == "yes" ; then
+ LIBR_BACKEND="bfd"
+ BACKEND_NAME="libbfd"
+ fi
+])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(ro, [ --enable-ro use the read-only backend ], [
+ if test "$enableval" == "yes" ; then
+ LIBR_BACKEND="ro"
+ BACKEND_NAME="readonly"
+ fi
+])
+echo "Using ${BACKEND_NAME} backend."
+if test "${LIBR_BACKEND}" == "bfd" ; then
+ AC_CHECK_HEADER([bfd.h], [], [
+ AC_MSG_ERROR([Could not find libbfd header file (bfd.h)! This file is usually included in the package binutils-dev.])
+ ])
+ BACKEND_PKG="binutils"
+ BACKEND_LIBS="-lbfd"
+ BACKEND_CFLAGS=""
+ AC_SUBST(BACKEND_LIBS)
+ AC_SUBST(BACKEND_CFLAGS)
+elif test "${LIBR_BACKEND}" == "elf" ; then
+ # Is libelf 0.8.2 safe enough? testing is currently on 0.8.6
+ BACKEND_PKG="elfutils"
+ pkg_modules="libelf >= 0.8.2"
+ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(BACKEND, [$pkg_modules])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BACKEND_NAME)
+AC_SUBST(LIBR_BACKEND)
+AC_SUBST(BACKEND_PKG)
+
+
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h)
+AC_OUTPUT(
+ src/Makefile
+ man/Makefile
+ po/Makefile.in
+ Makefile
+)
diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..df8eea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/depcomp
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
+
+scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
+# Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
+
+case $1 in
+ '')
+ echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+ exit 1;
+ ;;
+ -h | --h*)
+ cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+ depmode Dependency tracking mode.
+ source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+ DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
+ depfile Dependency file to output.
+ tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
+ libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+ -v | --v*)
+ echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+esac
+
+if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
+ echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+ sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
+tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
+
+rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+
+# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
+# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
+# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
+# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
+if test "$depmode" = hp; then
+ # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
+ gccflag=-M
+ depmode=gcc
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
+ # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+ dashmflag=-xM
+ depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+ # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+ # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+ # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+ cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
+ depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+case "$depmode" in
+gcc3)
+## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
+## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
+## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+ *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+ esac
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ done
+ "$@"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
+ ;;
+
+gcc)
+## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
+## why we pick this rather obscure method:
+## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
+## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
+## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
+## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
+## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
+## than renaming).
+ if test -z "$gccflag"; then
+ gccflag=-MD,
+ fi
+ "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
+ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
+## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
+## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
+## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
+## this for us directly.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
+## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
+## well.
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+sgi)
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
+ else
+ "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+
+ # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
+ # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
+ # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
+ # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
+ # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+ # dependency line.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
+ tr '
+' ' ' >> "$depfile"
+ echo >> "$depfile"
+
+ # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+ >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+ # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+ # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+aix)
+ # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
+ # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
+ # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+ # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+ # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+ dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+ test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+ base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
+ "$@" -Wc,-M
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
+ "$@" -M
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+ sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
+ # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
+ # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+icc)
+ # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
+ # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
+ # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.h
+ # which is wrong. We want:
+ # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
+ # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
+ # sub/foo.c:
+ # sub/foo.h:
+ # ICC 7.1 will output
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+ # and will wrap long lines using \ :
+ # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+ # sub/foo.h ... \
+ # ...
+
+ "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+ # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+ # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+ # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+ sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+ # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
+ sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+hp2)
+ # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+ # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
+ # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+ # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+ # happens to be.
+ # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+ dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+ test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+ base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+ "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" +Maked
+ fi
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
+ sed -ne '2,${
+ s/^ *//
+ s/ \\*$//
+ s/$/:/
+ p
+ }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+ ;;
+
+tru64)
+ # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+ # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
+ # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+ # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+ # Subdirectories are respected.
+ dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+ test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+ base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
+ # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
+ # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
+ # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
+ #
+ # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
+ # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
+ # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+ # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
+ # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
+ # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+ # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+ # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
+ tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+ "$@" -Wc,-MD
+ else
+ tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
+ tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+ tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
+ "$@" -MD
+ fi
+
+ stat=$?
+ if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+ else
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+ exit $stat
+ fi
+
+ for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+ do
+ test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+ done
+ if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+ sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+ sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ else
+ echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+ fi
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+#nosideeffect)
+ # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
+ # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
+
+dashmstdout)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove `-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+ # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
+ # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+ # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
+ "$@" $dashmflag |
+ sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ tr ' ' '
+' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+dashXmstdout)
+ # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
+ # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+makedepend)
+ "$@" || exit $?
+ # Remove any Libtool call
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+ # X makedepend
+ shift
+ cleared=no eat=no
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $cleared in
+ no)
+ set ""; shift
+ cleared=yes ;;
+ esac
+ if test $eat = yes; then
+ eat=no
+ continue
+ fi
+ case "$arg" in
+ -D*|-I*)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
+ # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+ -arch)
+ eat=yes ;;
+ -*|$object)
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+ touch "$tmpdepfile"
+ ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+ sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+' | \
+## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+ sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
+ ;;
+
+cpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ # Remove `-o $object'.
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case $arg in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ shift # $arg
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+
+ "$@" -E |
+ sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+ sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvisualcpp)
+ # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
+ # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+ "$@" || exit $?
+
+ # Remove the call to Libtool.
+ if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+ while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+ shift
+ done
+ shift
+ fi
+
+ IFS=" "
+ for arg
+ do
+ case "$arg" in
+ -o)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ $object)
+ shift
+ ;;
+ "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+ set fnord "$@"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ *)
+ set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+ shift
+ shift
+ ;;
+ esac
+ done
+ "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+ sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
+ rm -f "$depfile"
+ echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+ echo " " >> "$depfile"
+ sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+ rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+ ;;
+
+msvcmsys)
+ # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
+ # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
+ # since it is checked for above.
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+none)
+ exec "$@"
+ ;;
+
+*)
+ echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/doc/libr.cfg b/doc/libr.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c355233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/libr.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,1515 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.6.1
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
+# by quotes) that should identify the project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = libr
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ..
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
+# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak,
+# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF =
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 8
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses.
+# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
+# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag.
+# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of
+# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP,
+# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat
+# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),
+# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
+# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
+# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
+# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
+# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
+# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
+# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
+# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
+# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
+# causing a significant performance penality.
+# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
+# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
+# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
+# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
+# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
+
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespace are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
+# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
+# in the documentation. The default is NO.
+
+SHOW_DIRECTORIES = NO
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
+# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
+# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
+# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
+# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
+# of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT = ../src
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
+# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
+
+FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+
+EXCLUDE =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
+# ignored.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
+# is applied to all files.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = NO
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
+# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
+# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
+# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
+# NO a bullet list will be used.
+
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
+# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
+# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
+# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
+# HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE =
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add.
+# For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
+# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = NO
+
+# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
+# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
+
+# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,
+# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.
+
+USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enable doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP) or Qt help (GENERATE_QHP)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically
+# be disabled.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN = YES
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED = DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
+# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
+# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
+# the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
+# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
+# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
+# this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
+# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
+# does not have to be run to correct the links.
+# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
+# (where the name does NOT include the path)
+# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
+# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
+# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
+# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
+# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
+# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
+# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
+# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
+# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
+# containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
+# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
+# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
+# can find it using this tag.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
+# If left blank png will be used.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6781b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/install-sh
@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+
+scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.
+
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" "" $nl"
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+ doit_exec=exec
+else
+ doit_exec=$doit
+fi
+
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+ test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+ if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+ posix_glob=
+ else
+ posix_glob=:
+ fi
+ }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+ or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+ --help display this help and exit.
+ --version display version info and exit.
+
+ -c (ignored)
+ -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+ -d create directories instead of installing files.
+ -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+ -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+ -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
+ -s $stripprog installed files.
+ -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
+ -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+ CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+ RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+ case $1 in
+ -c) ;;
+
+ -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+ -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+ -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+ -m) mode=$2
+ case $mode in
+ *' '* | *' '* | *'
+'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+ echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+ esac
+ shift;;
+
+ -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+ shift;;
+
+ -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+ -t) dst_arg=$2
+ shift;;
+
+ -T) no_target_directory=true;;
+
+ --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+ --) shift
+ break;;
+
+ -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+ exit 1;;
+
+ *) break;;
+ esac
+ shift
+done
+
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+ # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+ # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+ # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
+ for arg
+ do
+ if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+ # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+ set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+ shift # fnord
+ fi
+ shift # arg
+ dst_arg=$arg
+ done
+fi
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+ # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+ exit 0
+fi
+
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+ trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+ # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+ # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+ case $mode in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *644) cp_umask=133;;
+ *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw='% 200'
+ fi
+ cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+ *)
+ if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+ u_plus_rw=
+ else
+ u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+ fi
+ cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+for src
+do
+ # Protect names starting with `-'.
+ case $src in
+ -*) src=./$src;;
+ esac
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ dst=$src
+ dstdir=$dst
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ else
+
+ # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+ # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+ # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+ if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+ echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+ echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+
+ dst=$dst_arg
+ # Protect names starting with `-'.
+ case $dst in
+ -*) dst=./$dst;;
+ esac
+
+ # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+ # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+ if test -d "$dst"; then
+ if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+ echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ dstdir=$dst
+ dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+ dstdir_status=0
+ else
+ # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+ dstdir=`
+ (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+ expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+ X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+ echo X"$dst" |
+ sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ /^X\(\/\).*/{
+ s//\1/
+ q
+ }
+ s/.*/./; q'
+ `
+
+ test -d "$dstdir"
+ dstdir_status=$?
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+ if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+ case $posix_mkdir in
+ '')
+ # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+ # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+ umask=`umask`
+ case $stripcmd.$umask in
+ # Optimize common cases.
+ *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+ .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+ *[0-7])
+ mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+ - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+ - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+ `;;
+ *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+ esac
+
+ # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+ # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+ else
+ mkdir_mode=
+ fi
+
+ posix_mkdir=false
+ case $umask in
+ *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+ # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+ # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+ ;;
+ *)
+ tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+ trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+ if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+ # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+ # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+ # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+ # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+ ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+ d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+ d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+ *) false;;
+ esac &&
+ $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+ ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+ test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+ }
+ }
+ then posix_mkdir=:
+ fi
+ rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+ else
+ # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+ rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+ fi
+ trap '' 0;;
+ esac;;
+ esac
+
+ if
+ $posix_mkdir && (
+ umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+ )
+ then :
+ else
+
+ # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+ # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
+ # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+ case $dstdir in
+ /*) prefix='/';;
+ -*) prefix='./';;
+ *) prefix='';;
+ esac
+
+ eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+ oIFS=$IFS
+ IFS=/
+ $posix_glob set -f
+ set fnord $dstdir
+ shift
+ $posix_glob set +f
+ IFS=$oIFS
+
+ prefixes=
+
+ for d
+ do
+ test -z "$d" && continue
+
+ prefix=$prefix$d
+ if test -d "$prefix"; then
+ prefixes=
+ else
+ if $posix_mkdir; then
+ (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+ $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+ else
+ case $prefix in
+ *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+ *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+ esac
+ prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+ fi
+ fi
+ prefix=$prefix/
+ done
+
+ if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+ # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+ (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+ eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+ test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+ obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+ fi
+ fi
+ fi
+
+ if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+ { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+ else
+
+ # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+ dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+ rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+ trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+ # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+ (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+ # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+ #
+ # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
+ # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+ # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+ #
+ { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+ { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+ # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+ if $copy_on_change &&
+ old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
+ new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
+
+ eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+ $posix_glob set -f &&
+ set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+ $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+ test "$old" = "$new" &&
+ $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+ then
+ rm -f "$dsttmp"
+ else
+ # Rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+ # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+ # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+ # support -f.
+ {
+ # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+ # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+ # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+ # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+ # file should still install successfully.
+ {
+ test ! -f "$dst" ||
+ $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+ { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+ { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+ } ||
+ { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+ (exit 1); exit 1
+ }
+ } &&
+
+ # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+ $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+ }
+ fi || exit 1
+
+ trap '' 0
+ fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/libr.pc.in b/libr.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c288ae8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libr.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: libr
+Description: libr ELF resource manager library
+Version: @VERSION@
+
+Requires:
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lr
+Cflags: -I${includedir}
diff --git a/m4/ChangeLog b/m4/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b70970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/m4/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+2009-09-08 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * gettext.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * iconv.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * lib-ld.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * lib-link.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * lib-prefix.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * nls.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * po.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * progtest.m4: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+
diff --git a/man/Makefile.am b/man/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2113960
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+man3/*.3:
+ doxygen ../doc/libr.cfg
+
+man_MANS = man3/*.3
+CLEANFILES = man3/*.3
diff --git a/man/Makefile.in b/man/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d238809
--- /dev/null
+++ b/man/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
+install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
+install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
+transform = $(program_transform_name)
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+build_triplet = @build@
+host_triplet = @host@
+subdir = man
+DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
+ $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
+ $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
+SOURCES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
+am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
+ $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
+ *) f=$$p;; \
+ esac;
+am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
+am__install_max = 40
+am__nobase_strip_setup = \
+ srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
+am__nobase_strip = \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
+am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
+ for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
+ sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
+ $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
+ if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
+ { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
+ END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
+am__base_list = \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
+ sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)"
+NROFF = nroff
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AR = @AR@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AWK = @AWK@
+BACKEND_CFLAGS = @BACKEND_CFLAGS@
+BACKEND_LIBS = @BACKEND_LIBS@
+BACKEND_NAME = @BACKEND_NAME@
+BACKEND_PKG = @BACKEND_PKG@
+CC = @CC@
+CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+CPP = @CPP@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
+DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
+DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
+DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
+ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
+ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
+ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
+EGREP = @EGREP@
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+EXTRA_CFLAGS = @EXTRA_CFLAGS@
+EXTRA_LIBS = @EXTRA_LIBS@
+FGREP = @FGREP@
+GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
+GREP = @GREP@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
+LD = @LD@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+LIBGLADE_CFLAGS = @LIBGLADE_CFLAGS@
+LIBGLADE_LIBS = @LIBGLADE_LIBS@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+LIBR_BACKEND = @LIBR_BACKEND@
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LIBTOOL_DEPS = @LIBTOOL_DEPS@
+LIPO = @LIPO@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
+LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
+LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
+MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
+NM = @NM@
+NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
+OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+OTOOL = @OTOOL@
+OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
+PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
+PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
+PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
+PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
+PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@
+PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@
+PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SED = @SED@
+SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
+SHELL = @SHELL@
+STRIP = @STRIP@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
+XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
+abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
+abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
+abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
+abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
+ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
+ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
+am__tar = @am__tar@
+am__untar = @am__untar@
+bindir = @bindir@
+build = @build@
+build_alias = @build_alias@
+build_cpu = @build_cpu@
+build_os = @build_os@
+build_vendor = @build_vendor@
+builddir = @builddir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+docdir = @docdir@
+dvidir = @dvidir@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+host = @host@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_cpu = @host_cpu@
+host_os = @host_os@
+host_vendor = @host_vendor@
+htmldir = @htmldir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
+libdir = @libdir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+lt_ECHO = @lt_ECHO@
+mandir = @mandir@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
+pdfdir = @pdfdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
+psdir = @psdir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+target_alias = @target_alias@
+top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
+top_builddir = @top_builddir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+man_MANS = man3/*.3
+CLEANFILES = man3/*.3
+all: all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
+ @for dep in $?; do \
+ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
+ *$$dep*) \
+ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
+ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
+ exit 1;; \
+ esac; \
+ done; \
+ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/Makefile'; \
+ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
+ $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu man/Makefile
+.PRECIOUS: Makefile
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ @case '$?' in \
+ *config.status*) \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
+ *) \
+ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
+ esac;
+
+$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+
+$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
+ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
+$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
+
+mostlyclean-libtool:
+ -rm -f *.lo
+
+clean-libtool:
+ -rm -rf .libs _libs
+install-man3: $(man_MANS)
+ @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+ test -z "$(man3dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)"
+ @list=''; test -n "$(man3dir)" || exit 0; \
+ { for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+ sed -n '/\.3[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+ } | while read p; do \
+ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
+ done | \
+ sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^3][0-9a-z]*$$,3,;x' \
+ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
+ sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
+ list=; while read file base inst; do \
+ if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
+ while read files; do \
+ test -z "$$files" || { \
+ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)'"; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
+ done; }
+
+uninstall-man3:
+ @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+ @list=''; test -n "$(man3dir)" || exit 0; \
+ files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
+ l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
+ sed -n '/\.3[a-z]*$$/p'; \
+ } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^3][0-9a-z]*$$,3,;x' \
+ -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
+ test -z "$$files" || { \
+ echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
+ cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" && rm -f $$files; }
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+CTAGS:
+
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+ @list='$(MANS)'; if test -n "$$list"; then \
+ list=`for p in $$list; do \
+ if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
+ if test -f "$$d$$p"; then echo "$$d$$p"; else :; fi; done`; \
+ if test -n "$$list" && \
+ grep 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list >/dev/null; then \
+ echo "error: found man pages containing the \`missing help2man' replacement text:" >&2; \
+ grep -l 'ab help2man is required to generate this page' $$list | sed 's/^/ /' >&2; \
+ echo " to fix them, install help2man, remove and regenerate the man pages;" >&2; \
+ echo " typically \`make maintainer-clean' will remove them" >&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ else :; fi; \
+ else :; fi
+ @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
+ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
+ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
+ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
+ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
+ case $$dist_files in \
+ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
+ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
+ sort -u` ;; \
+ esac; \
+ for file in $$dist_files; do \
+ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
+ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
+ fi; \
+ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
+ || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
+installdirs:
+ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)"; do \
+ test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
+ done
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
+install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+
+install-am: all-am
+ @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-strip:
+ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
+ `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+ echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
+mostlyclean-generic:
+
+clean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+ -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+ -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+clean: clean-am
+
+clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am:
+
+html: html-am
+
+html-am:
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am:
+
+install-data-am: install-man
+
+install-dvi: install-dvi-am
+
+install-dvi-am:
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-html: install-html-am
+
+install-html-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am:
+
+install-man: install-man3
+
+install-pdf: install-pdf-am
+
+install-pdf-am:
+
+install-ps: install-ps-am
+
+install-ps-am:
+
+installcheck-am:
+
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+ -rm -f Makefile
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool
+
+pdf: pdf-am
+
+pdf-am:
+
+ps: ps-am
+
+ps-am:
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-man
+
+uninstall-man: uninstall-man3
+
+.MAKE: install-am install-strip
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic clean-libtool \
+ distclean distclean-generic distclean-libtool distdir dvi \
+ dvi-am html html-am info info-am install install-am \
+ install-data install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am \
+ install-exec install-exec-am install-html install-html-am \
+ install-info install-info-am install-man install-man3 \
+ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \
+ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
+ mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
+ uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-man uninstall-man3
+
+man3/*.3:
+ doxygen ../doc/libr.cfg
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/missing b/missing
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..28055d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
+
+scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+# 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+run=:
+sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+
+# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
+# srcdir already.
+if test -f configure.ac; then
+ configure_ac=configure.ac
+else
+ configure_ac=configure.in
+fi
+
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case $1 in
+--run)
+ # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
+ run=
+ shift
+ "$@" && exit 0
+ # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
+ # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+ # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
+ # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+ # if --run hadn't been passed.
+ if test $? = 63; then
+ run=:
+ msg="probably too old"
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
+ echo "\
+$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
+
+Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
+error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
+
+Options:
+ -h, --help display this help and exit
+ -v, --version output version information and exit
+ --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
+
+Supported PROGRAM values:
+ aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
+ autoconf touch file \`configure'
+ autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
+ autom4te touch the output file, or create a stub one
+ automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
+ bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+ flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ help2man touch the output file
+ lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
+ makeinfo touch the output file
+ tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
+ yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes \`gnu-', \`gnu', and
+\`g' are ignored when checking the name.
+
+Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
+ echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+ exit $?
+ ;;
+
+ -*)
+ echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
+ echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+esac
+
+# normalize program name to check for.
+program=`echo "$1" | sed '
+ s/^gnu-//; t
+ s/^gnu//; t
+ s/^g//; t'`
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program). This is about non-GNU programs, so use $1 not
+# $program.
+case $1 in
+ lex*|yacc*)
+ # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+ ;;
+
+ tar*)
+ if test -n "$run"; then
+ echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
+ # We have it, but it failed.
+ exit 1
+ elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+ # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
+ # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+ # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+esac
+
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case $program in
+ aclocal*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
+ any GNU archive site."
+ touch aclocal.m4
+ ;;
+
+ autoconf*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
+ \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
+ archive site."
+ touch configure
+ ;;
+
+ autoheader*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
+ to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
+ from any GNU archive site."
+ files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
+ test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
+ touch_files=
+ for f in $files; do
+ case $f in
+ *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
+ sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
+ *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
+ esac
+ done
+ touch $touch_files
+ ;;
+
+ automake*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
+ You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
+ Grab them from any GNU archive site."
+ find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
+ sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
+ while read f; do touch "$f"; done
+ ;;
+
+ autom4te*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them.
+ You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+ archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo "#! /bin/sh"
+ echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
+ echo "# $ $@"
+ echo "exit 0"
+ chmod +x $file
+ exit 1
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ bison*|yacc*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.y)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
+ fi
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
+ echo >y.tab.h
+ fi
+ if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ lex*|flex*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
+ in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
+ \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
+ rm -f lex.yy.c
+ if test $# -ne 1; then
+ eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
+ case $LASTARG in
+ *.l)
+ SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
+ if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
+ cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
+ echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ help2man*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
+ \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
+ effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
+
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -f "$file"; then
+ touch $file
+ else
+ test -z "$file" || exec >$file
+ echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
+ exit $?
+ fi
+ ;;
+
+ makeinfo*)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
+ you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
+ indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
+ call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
+ DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
+ the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
+ # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+ file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+ if test -z "$file"; then
+ # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+ infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+ file=`sed -n '
+ /^@setfilename/{
+ s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+ p
+ q
+ }' $infile`
+ # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+ test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
+ fi
+ # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+ # let's fail without touching anything.
+ test -f $file || exit 1
+ touch $file
+ ;;
+
+ tar*)
+ shift
+
+ # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
+ # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
+ # messages.
+ if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gnutar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
+ gtar "$@" && exit 0
+ fi
+ firstarg="$1"
+ if shift; then
+ case $firstarg in
+ *o*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ case $firstarg in
+ *h*)
+ firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
+ tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
+ You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
+ command line arguments."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+
+ *)
+ echo 1>&2 "\
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+ You might have modified some files without having the
+ proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
+ it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
+ this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
+ some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
+ exit 1
+ ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:
diff --git a/po/ChangeLog b/po/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f6f67e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+2009-09-08 gettextize <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+ * Makefile.in.in: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * Rules-quot: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * boldquot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * en@boldquot.header: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * en@quot.header: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * insert-header.sin: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * quot.sed: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * remove-potcdate.sin: New file, from gettext-0.17.
+ * POTFILES.in: New file.
+
diff --git a/po/Makefile.in.in b/po/Makefile.in.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0df87ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/Makefile.in.in
@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2007 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+# functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
+# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
+#
+# Origin: gettext-0.17
+GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = 0.17
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+# We use $(mkdir_p).
+# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
+# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
+# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
+# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
+# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
+# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
+install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+
+GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@
+GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@
+MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@
+XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
+MSGINIT = msginit
+MSGCONV = msgconv
+MSGFILTER = msgfilter
+
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
+DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
+$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
+DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
+$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
+
+POTFILES = \
+
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+
+# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
+
+.po.mo:
+ @echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
+ $(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
+
+.po.gmo:
+ @lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
+
+.sin.sed:
+ sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
+ mv t-$@ $@
+
+
+all: check-macro-version all-@USE_NLS@
+
+all-yes: stamp-po
+all-no:
+
+# Ensure that the gettext macros and this Makefile.in.in are in sync.
+check-macro-version:
+ @test "$(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION)" = "@GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" \
+ || { echo "*** error: gettext infrastructure mismatch: using a Makefile.in.in from gettext version $(GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION) but the autoconf macros are from gettext version @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ }
+
+# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
+# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
+# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
+# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
+# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
+
+# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
+# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
+# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
+# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
+# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
+# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
+# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
+# changed.
+stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
+ test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
+ @test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
+ echo "touch stamp-po" && \
+ echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
+ mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
+ }
+
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
+# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
+ if LC_ALL=C grep 'GNU @PACKAGE@' $(top_srcdir)/* 2>/dev/null | grep -v 'libtool:' >/dev/null; then \
+ package_gnu='GNU '; \
+ else \
+ package_gnu=''; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
+ msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
+ else \
+ msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
+ fi; \
+ case `$(XGETTEXT) --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in \
+ '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-5] | 0.1[0-5].* | 0.16 | 0.16.[0-1]*) \
+ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
+ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
+ ;; \
+ *) \
+ $(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+ --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ \
+ --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+ --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
+ --package-name="$${package_gnu}@PACKAGE@" \
+ --package-version='@VERSION@' \
+ --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address" \
+ ;; \
+ esac
+ test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
+ sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
+ if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ fi; \
+ }
+
+# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
+# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
+# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
+$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+
+# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
+# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
+ if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
+ cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
+ else \
+ $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
+ fi
+
+
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec:
+install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+ $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ for file in Makevars; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+install-data-no: all
+install-data-yes: all
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
+ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+ cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
+installdirs-exec:
+installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+installdirs-data-no:
+installdirs-data-yes:
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+ @catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+ $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+ for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+ if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+ link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+ mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+ for file in *; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+ fi; \
+ done); \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+ else \
+ if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
+uninstall-exec:
+uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ else \
+ : ; \
+ fi
+uninstall-data-no:
+uninstall-data-yes:
+ catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+ for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+ cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+ lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+ for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+ rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+ done; \
+ done
+
+check: all
+
+info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
+
+mostlyclean:
+ rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
+ rm -f stamp-poT
+ rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
+ rm -fr *.o
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+ rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+ @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+ @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+ rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+ $(MAKE) update-po
+ @$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
+ dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+ dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+ dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
+ fi; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
+ fi; \
+ for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
+ dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
+ for file in $$dists; do \
+ if test -f $$file; then \
+ cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+ else \
+ cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ done
+
+update-po: Makefile
+ $(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+ test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
+ $(MAKE) update-gmo
+
+# General rule for creating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-create:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
+ echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
+ exit 1
+
+# General rule for updating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-update:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+ echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+ @:
+
+# Recreate Makefile by invoking config.status. Explicitly invoke the shell,
+# because execution permission bits may not work on the current file system.
+# Use @SHELL@, which is the shell determined by autoconf for the use by its
+# scripts, not $(SHELL) which is hardwired to /bin/sh and may be deficient.
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
+ cd $(top_builddir) \
+ && @SHELL@ ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories
+
+force:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/po/Makevars b/po/Makevars
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32692ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/Makevars
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+
+# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
+DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
+
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# These options get passed to xgettext.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+
+# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
+# $(DOMAIN).pot file. Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
+# package. (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
+# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.) Translators are
+# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
+# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright. The empty string stands for
+# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
+# their copyright.
+COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
+# bugs in the untranslated strings:
+# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
+# in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
+# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
+# understood.
+# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
+# money.
+# - Pluralisation problems.
+# - Incorrect English spelling.
+# - Incorrect formatting.
+# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
+# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
+# which the translators can contact you.
+MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS =
+
+# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
+# message catalogs shall be used. It is usually empty.
+EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =
diff --git a/po/POTFILES.in b/po/POTFILES.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..667e27c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/POTFILES.in
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# List of source files which contain translatable strings.
diff --git a/po/Rules-quot b/po/Rules-quot
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c2a995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/Rules-quot
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
+
+DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
+
+.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
+
+en@quot.po-create:
+ $(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
+en@boldquot.po-create:
+ $(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
+
+en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
+en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
+
+.insert-header.po-update-en:
+ @lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
+ if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
+ tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+ echo "$$lang:"; \
+ ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
+ LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
+ cd $(srcdir); \
+ if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+ if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ else \
+ if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+ :; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+ exit 1; \
+ fi; \
+ fi; \
+ else \
+ echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+ rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+ fi
+
+en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
+
+en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+ sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
+mostlyclean-quot:
+ rm -f *.insert-header
diff --git a/po/boldquot.sed b/po/boldquot.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b937aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/boldquot.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
+s/“/“/g
+s/”/”/g
+s/‘/‘/g
+s/’/’/g
diff --git a/po/en@boldquot.header b/po/en@boldquot.header
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fedb6a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/en@boldquot.header
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#
diff --git a/po/en@quot.header b/po/en@quot.header
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9647fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/en@quot.header
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
diff --git a/po/insert-header.sin b/po/insert-header.sin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b26de01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/insert-header.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
+#
+# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
+# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
+# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
+# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^msgid /{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/m/m/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
+r HEADER
+# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
+# current line while doing this.
+g
+N
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
diff --git a/po/quot.sed b/po/quot.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0122c46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/quot.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
diff --git a/po/remove-potcdate.sin b/po/remove-potcdate.sin
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2436c49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/remove-potcdate.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
+# from a POT file.
+#
+# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
+# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/P/P/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
+g
+d
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}
diff --git a/src/Makefile.am b/src/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fbf00b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+libr_la_includedir = $(includedir)/libr
+LIBTOOL_DEPS = @LIBTOOL_DEPS@
+
+INCLUDES = \
+ -D__LIBR_BACKEND_@BACKEND_NAME@__ \
+ -D__LIBR_BUILD__ \
+ @LIBGLADE_CFLAGS@ \
+ @BACKEND_CFLAGS@ \
+ @EXTRA_CFLAGS@
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = \
+ libr.la
+
+libr_la_SOURCES = \
+ libr-@LIBR_BACKEND@.c \
+ tempfiles.c \
+ onecanvas.c \
+ libr-icons.c \
+ libr-i18n.c \
+ libr-gtk.c \
+ libr.c
+
+libr_la_include_HEADERS = \
+ gettext.h \
+ libr-icons.h \
+ libr-i18n.h \
+ libr-gtk.h \
+ libr.h
+
+libr_la_LIBADD = \
+ @BACKEND_LIBS@ \
+ @EXTRA_LIBS@
+
+# If not in a fakeroot environment then run ldconfig
+install: install-am
+ @if [ ! -n "${FAKEROOTKEY}" ]; then \
+ echo "Regenerating system dependencies..."; \
+ ldconfig; \
+ fi
diff --git a/src/config.h b/src/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a51743e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */
+/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+ language is requested. */
+#define ENABLE_NLS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
+ CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
+ the CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE */
+
+/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
+ */
+#define HAVE_DCGETTEXT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_DLFCN_H 1
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ICONV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <pthread.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_PTHREAD_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_ZLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to the sub-directory in which libtool stores uninstalled libraries.
+ */
+#define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/"
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "libr"
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME ""
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING ""
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_URL ""
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION ""
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "0.4.0"
diff --git a/src/cvtendian.h b/src/cvtendian.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d69158b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/cvtendian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#ifndef __CVTENDIAN_H
+#define __CVTENDIAN_H
+
+/* Support for swapping bytes (endian conversion) */
+#include <byteswap.h>
+
+/* For obtaining the host endian type */
+#include <endian.h>
+#if (__BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+# define HOST_ENDIAN ELFDATA2LSB
+#elif (__BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN)
+# define HOST_ENDIAN ELFDATA2MSB
+#else
+# error "Failed to detect host endian type"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert the endian of a parameter
+ */
+static int ConvertEndian(void *ptr, int bytes)
+{
+ switch(bytes)
+ {
+ case 2:
+ {
+ uint16_t *value = (uint16_t *) ptr;
+
+ *value = bswap_16(*value);
+ } return 1;
+ case 4:
+ {
+ uint32_t *value = (uint32_t *) ptr;
+
+ *value = bswap_32(*value);
+ } return 1;
+ case 8:
+ {
+ uint64_t *value = (uint64_t *) ptr;
+
+ *value = bswap_64(*value);
+ } return 1;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* __CVTENDIAN_H */
diff --git a/src/gettext.h b/src/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..209921e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ Library General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+ USA. */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+ the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
+ textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) \
+ dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+ chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
+ later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
+ as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+ and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+ is OK. */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+ <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
+ it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+ contain "#define const". */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 \
+ ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+ : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+ extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
+ translation is done at a different place in the code.
+ The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
+ and other string expressions won't work.
+ The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+ initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+ MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
+ short and rarely need to change.
+ The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+ return msgid;
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation =
+ dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+ can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
+ less efficient than those above. */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
+ (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \
+ /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-backends.h b/src/libr-backends.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0cd59c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-backends.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_BACKENDS_H
+#define __LIBR_BACKENDS_H
+
+/*
+ * All of the backend functions are explicitly declared internal to prevent any custom backend
+ * from leaving out one of these critical functions.
+ */
+INTERNAL_FN libr_intstatus add_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, libr_section **retscn);
+INTERNAL_FN void *data_pointer(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data);
+INTERNAL_FN size_t data_size(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_intstatus find_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *section, libr_section **retscn);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_data *get_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn);
+INTERNAL_FN void initialize_backend(void);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_data *new_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_section *next_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_intstatus remove_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn);
+INTERNAL_FN char *section_name(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_intstatus set_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn, libr_data *data, off_t offset, char *buffer, size_t size);
+INTERNAL_FN libr_intstatus open_handles(libr_file *file_handle, char *filename, libr_access_t access);
+INTERNAL_FN void write_output(libr_file *file_handle);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_BACKENDS_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-bfd.c b/src/libr-bfd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4bc8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-bfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr libbfd Backend - Add resources into ELF binaries using libbfd
+ *
+ * *** PLEASE READ THE README FILE FOR LICENSE DETAILS SPECIFIC TO THIS FILE ***
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr.h"
+#include "libr-internal.h"
+
+/* File access */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* Safe rename requires some errno() knowledge */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+ * Build the libr_file handle for processing with libbfd
+ */
+libr_intstatus open_handles(libr_file *file_handle, char *filename, libr_access_t access)
+{
+ bfd *handle = NULL;
+
+ handle = bfd_openr(filename, "default");
+ if(!handle)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_OPENFAILED, "Failed to open input file");
+ if(!bfd_check_format(handle, bfd_object))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: not a libbfd object");
+ if(bfd_get_flavour(handle) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: not an ELF file");
+ bfd_set_error(bfd_error_no_error);
+ file_handle->filename = filename;
+ file_handle->bfd_read = handle;
+ file_handle->access = access;
+ if(access == LIBR_READ_WRITE)
+ {
+ struct stat file_stat;
+ int fd;
+
+ /* Check for write permission on the file */
+ fd = open(filename, O_WRONLY);
+ if(fd == ERROR)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRITEPERM, "No write permission for file");
+ close(fd);
+ /* Obtain the access mode of the input file */
+ if(stat(filename, &file_stat) == ERROR)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOSIZE, "Failed to obtain file size");
+ file_handle->filemode = file_stat.st_mode;
+ file_handle->fileowner = file_stat.st_uid;
+ file_handle->filegroup = file_stat.st_gid;
+ /* Open a temporary file with the same settings as the input file */
+ strcpy(file_handle->tempfile, LIBR_TEMPFILE);
+ file_handle->fd_handle = mkstemp(file_handle->tempfile);
+ handle = bfd_openw(file_handle->tempfile, bfd_get_target(file_handle->bfd_read));
+ if(!bfd_set_format(handle, bfd_get_format(file_handle->bfd_read)))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SETFORMAT, "Failed to set output file format to input file format");
+ if(!bfd_set_arch_mach(handle, bfd_get_arch(file_handle->bfd_read), bfd_get_mach(file_handle->bfd_read)))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SETARCH, "Failed to set output file architecture to input file architecture");
+ /* twice needed ? */
+ if(!bfd_set_format(handle, bfd_get_format(file_handle->bfd_read)))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SETFORMAT, "Failed to set output file format to input file format");
+ file_handle->bfd_write = handle;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ file_handle->fd_handle = 0;
+ file_handle->bfd_write = NULL;
+ }
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a symbol should be kept
+ */
+int keep_symbol(libr_section *sections, libr_section *chkscn)
+{
+ libr_section *scn;
+
+ /* Check that the section is publicly exposed */
+ for(scn = sections; scn != NULL; scn = scn->next)
+ {
+ if(scn == chkscn)
+ {
+ /* if it is, and has size zero, then it was marked for deletion */
+ if(bfd_get_section_size(chkscn) == 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove the symbol corresponding to a deleted section
+ */
+void remove_sections(libr_section *sections, void *symtab_buffer, long *symtab_count)
+{
+ asymbol **symtab = (asymbol **) symtab_buffer;
+ long i, cnt = *symtab_count;
+
+ for(i=0;i<cnt;i++)
+ {
+ libr_section *chkscn = NULL;
+ asymbol *symbol = symtab[i];
+
+ if(symbol != NULL)
+ chkscn = bfd_get_section(symbol);
+ if(chkscn != NULL && !keep_symbol(sections, chkscn))
+ {
+ /* remove the symbol from the table */
+ asymbol **tmp = (asymbol **) malloc(sizeof(asymbol *) * (cnt-(i+1)));
+ memcpy(&tmp[0], &symtab[i+1], sizeof(asymbol *) * (cnt-(i+1)));
+ memcpy(&symtab[i], &tmp[0], sizeof(asymbol *) * (cnt-(i+1)));
+ free(tmp);
+ cnt--;
+ }
+ }
+ *symtab_count = cnt;
+}
+
+int setup_sections(bfd *ihandle, bfd *ohandle)
+{
+ libr_section *iscn, *oscn;
+ bfd_vma vma;
+
+ for(iscn = ihandle->sections; iscn != NULL; iscn = iscn->next)
+ {
+ if(bfd_get_section_size(iscn) == 0)
+ {
+ continue; /* Section has been marked for deletion */
+ }
+ /* Use SEC_LINKER_CREATED to ask the libbfd backend to take care of configuring the section */
+
+ // Keep the ARM_ATTRIBUTES section type intact on armhf systems
+ // If this is not done, readelf -A will not print any architecture information for the modified library,
+ // and ldd will report that the library cannot be found
+ if (strcmp(iscn->name, ".ARM.attributes") == 0)
+ {
+ oscn = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags(ohandle, iscn->name, iscn->flags);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ oscn = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags(ohandle, iscn->name, iscn->flags | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+ }
+ if(oscn == NULL)
+ {
+ printf("failed to create out section: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(!bfd_set_section_size(ohandle, oscn, iscn->size))
+ {
+ printf("failed to set data size: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ vma = bfd_section_vma(ihandle, iscn);
+ if(!bfd_set_section_vma(ohandle, oscn, vma))
+ {
+ printf("failed to set virtual memory address: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ oscn->lma = iscn->lma;
+ if(!bfd_set_section_alignment(ohandle, oscn, bfd_section_alignment(ihandle, iscn)))
+ {
+ printf("failed to compute section alignment: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ oscn->entsize = iscn->entsize;
+ iscn->output_section = oscn;
+ iscn->output_offset = vma;
+ if(!bfd_copy_private_section_data(ihandle, iscn, ohandle, oscn))
+ {
+ printf("failed to compute section alignment: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go through the rather complicated process of using libbfd to build the output file
+ */
+int build_output(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ void *symtab_buffer = NULL, *reloc_buffer = NULL, *buffer = NULL;
+ bfd_size_type symtab_size, reloc_size, size;
+ bfd *ohandle = file_handle->bfd_write;
+ bfd *ihandle = file_handle->bfd_read;
+ long symtab_count, reloc_count;
+ libr_section *iscn, *oscn;
+
+ if(!bfd_set_start_address(ohandle, bfd_get_start_address(ihandle)))
+ {
+ printf("failed to set start address: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(!bfd_set_file_flags(ohandle, bfd_get_file_flags(ihandle)))
+ {
+ printf("failed to set file flags: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Setup the sections in the output file */
+ if(!setup_sections(ihandle, ohandle))
+ return false; /* error already printed */
+ if(!bfd_copy_private_header_data(ihandle, ohandle))
+ {
+ printf("failed to copy header: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false; /* failed to create section */
+ }
+ /* Get the old symbol table */
+ if((bfd_get_file_flags(ihandle) & HAS_SYMS) == 0)
+ {
+ printf("file has no symbol table: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ symtab_size = bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound(ihandle);
+ if((signed)symtab_size < 0)
+ {
+ printf("failed to get symbol table size: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ symtab_buffer = malloc(symtab_size);
+ symtab_count = bfd_canonicalize_symtab(ihandle, symtab_buffer);
+ if(symtab_count < 0)
+ {
+ printf("failed to get symbol table number of entries: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Tweak the symbol table to remove sections that no-longer exist */
+ remove_sections(ihandle->sections, symtab_buffer, &symtab_count);
+ bfd_set_symtab(ohandle, symtab_buffer, symtab_count);
+ /* Actually copy section data */
+ for(iscn = ihandle->sections; iscn != NULL; iscn = iscn->next)
+ {
+ size = bfd_get_section_size(iscn);
+ if(size == 0)
+ continue; /* Section has been marked for deletion */
+ oscn = iscn->output_section;
+ reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound(ihandle, iscn);
+ if(reloc_size == 0)
+ bfd_set_reloc(ohandle, oscn, NULL, 0);
+ else
+ {
+ reloc_buffer = malloc(reloc_size);
+ reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc(ihandle, iscn, reloc_buffer, symtab_buffer);
+ bfd_set_reloc(ohandle, oscn, reloc_buffer, reloc_count);
+ }
+
+ if(bfd_get_section_flags(ihandle, iscn) & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)
+ {
+ /* NOTE: if the section is just being copied then do that, otherwise grab
+ * the user data for the section (stored previously by set_data)
+ */
+ if(iscn->userdata == NULL)
+ {
+ buffer = malloc(size);
+ if(!bfd_get_section_contents(ihandle, iscn, buffer, 0, size))
+ {
+ printf("failed to get section contents: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ free(buffer);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ buffer = iscn->userdata;
+ if(!bfd_set_section_contents(ohandle, oscn, buffer, 0, size))
+ {
+ printf("failed to set section contents: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ free(buffer);
+ return false;
+ }
+ free(buffer);
+ if(!bfd_copy_private_section_data(ihandle, iscn, ohandle, oscn))
+ {
+ printf("failed to copy private section data: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if(!bfd_copy_private_bfd_data(ihandle, ohandle))
+ {
+ printf("failed to copy private data: %s\n", bfd_errmsg(bfd_get_error()));
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Perform a cross-device safe rename
+ */
+int safe_rename(const char *old, const char *new)
+{
+ char buffer[1024];
+ FILE *in, *out;
+ int read;
+
+ in = fopen(old, "r");
+ if(!in)
+ return -1;
+ out = fopen(new, "w");
+ if(!out)
+ return -1;
+ while(!feof(in) && !ferror(in))
+ {
+ read = fread(buffer, 1, sizeof(buffer), in);
+ fwrite(buffer, read, 1, out);
+ }
+ fclose(in);
+ fclose(out);
+ if(ferror(in))
+ {
+ remove(new);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return remove(old);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write the output file using the libbfd method
+ */
+void write_output(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ int write_ok = false;
+
+ if(file_handle->bfd_write != NULL)
+ {
+ write_ok = true;
+ if(!build_output(file_handle))
+ {
+ printf("failed to build output file.\n");
+ write_ok = false;
+ }
+ if(!bfd_close(file_handle->bfd_write))
+ {
+ printf("failed to close write handle.\n");
+ write_ok = false;
+ }
+ if(file_handle->fd_handle != 0 && close(file_handle->fd_handle))
+ {
+ write_ok = false;
+ printf("failed to close write file descriptor.\n");
+ }
+ }
+ /* The read handle must be closed last since it is used in the write process */
+ if(!bfd_close(file_handle->bfd_read))
+ printf("failed to close read handle.\n");
+ /* Copy the temporary output over the input */
+ if(write_ok)
+ {
+ if(rename(file_handle->tempfile, file_handle->filename) < 0)
+ {
+ if(errno != EXDEV || safe_rename(file_handle->tempfile, file_handle->filename) < 0)
+ printf("failed to rename output file: %m\n");
+ }
+ if(chmod(file_handle->filename, file_handle->filemode) < 0)
+ printf("failed to set file mode.\n");
+ if(chown(file_handle->filename, file_handle->fileowner, file_handle->filegroup) < 0)
+ printf("failed to set file ownership.\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find a named section from the ELF file using libbfd
+ */
+libr_intstatus find_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *section_name, libr_section **retscn)
+{
+ libr_section *scn;
+
+ for(scn = file_handle->bfd_read->sections; scn != NULL; scn = scn->next)
+ {
+ if(strcmp(scn->name, section_name) == 0)
+ {
+ *retscn = scn;
+ RETURN_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOSECTION, "ELF resource section not found");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the data from a section using libbfd
+ */
+libr_data *get_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ libr_data *data = malloc(scn->size);
+
+ if(!bfd_get_section_contents(file_handle->bfd_read, scn, data, 0, scn->size))
+ {
+ free(data);
+ data = NULL;
+ }
+ scn->userdata = data;
+ return data;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create new data for a section using libbfd
+ */
+libr_data *new_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ /* NOTE: expanding data is handled by set_data for libbfd */
+ if(scn->userdata != NULL)
+ return scn->userdata;
+ scn->size = 0;
+ scn->userdata = malloc(0);
+ return scn->userdata;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create new data for a section using libbfd (at least, do so memory-wise)
+ */
+libr_intstatus set_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn, libr_data *data, off_t offset, char *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+ char *intbuffer = NULL;
+
+ /* special case: clear buffer */
+ if(buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ scn->size = 0;
+ if(scn->userdata != NULL)
+ free(scn->userdata);
+ RETURN_OK;
+ }
+ /* normal case: add new data to the buffer */
+ scn->size = offset + size;
+ scn->userdata = realloc(data, scn->size);
+ if(scn->userdata == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_MEMALLOC, "Failed to allocate memory for data");
+ intbuffer = scn->userdata;
+ memcpy(&intbuffer[offset], buffer, size);
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new section using libbfd
+ */
+libr_intstatus add_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, libr_section **retscn)
+{
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+
+ scn = bfd_make_section(file_handle->bfd_read, resource_name);
+ if(scn == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NEWSECTION, "Failed to create new section");
+ if(!bfd_set_section_flags(file_handle->bfd_read, scn, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_DATA | SEC_IN_MEMORY))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SETFLAGS, "Failed to set flags for section");
+ *retscn = scn;
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a section and eliminate it from the ELF string table using libbfd
+ */
+libr_intstatus remove_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ scn->size = 0;
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the pointer to the actual data in the section
+ */
+void *data_pointer(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return data;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the size of the data in the section
+ */
+size_t data_size(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return scn->size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the next section in the ELF file
+ */
+libr_section *next_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ /* get the first section */
+ if(scn == NULL)
+ {
+ if(file_handle->bfd_read == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return file_handle->bfd_read->sections;
+ }
+ return scn->next;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the name of a section
+ */
+char *section_name(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ return (char *) scn->name;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize libbfd
+ */
+void initialize_backend(void)
+{
+ bfd_init();
+}
+
diff --git a/src/libr-bfd.h b/src/libr-bfd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b6ea3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-bfd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_BFD_H
+#define __LIBR_BFD_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <bfd.h>
+
+#if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
+ #if defined(__i386)
+ #error "Using incorrect binutils header file for architecture."
+ #endif
+#else
+ #if defined(__amd64)
+ #error "Using incorrect binutils header file for architecture."
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef struct _libr_file {
+ int fd_handle;
+ bfd *bfd_read;
+ bfd *bfd_write;
+ char *filename;
+ mode_t filemode;
+ uid_t fileowner;
+ gid_t filegroup;
+ char tempfile[LIBR_TEMPFILE_LEN];
+ libr_access_t access;
+} libr_file;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+/* for a clean internal API */
+typedef asection libr_section;
+typedef void libr_data;
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_BFD_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-elf.c b/src/libr-elf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be2daae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-elf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr libelf Backend - Add resources into ELF binaries using libelf
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr.h"
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+//#define MANUAL_LAYOUT true
+
+extern void libr_set_error(libr_intstatus error);
+
+/*
+ * Write the output file using libelf
+ */
+void write_output(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ /* Update the ELF file on the disk */
+ if(elf_update(file_handle->elf_handle, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ {
+ printf("elf_update() failed: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ return;
+ }
+ if(elf_update(file_handle->elf_handle, ELF_C_WRITE) < 0)
+ {
+ printf("elf_update() failed: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ return;
+ }
+ /* Close the handles */
+ elf_end(file_handle->elf_handle);
+ close(file_handle->fd_handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the size of the file represented by the file descriptor
+ */
+off_t file_size(int fd)
+{
+ struct stat file_stat;
+
+ if(fstat(fd, &file_stat) == ERROR)
+ return ERROR;
+ return file_stat.st_size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open the handles for working with the file using libelf
+ */
+libr_intstatus open_handles(libr_file *file_handle, char *filename, libr_access_t access)
+{
+ const int elf_access[2] = {ELF_C_READ, ELF_C_RDWR};
+ const int fd_access[2] = {O_RDONLY, O_RDWR};
+ Elf *e = NULL;
+ int fd = 0;
+
+ if((fd = open(filename, fd_access[access], 0)) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_OPENFAILED, "Failed to open input file");
+ if((e = elf_begin(fd, elf_access[access], NULL)) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_BEGINFAILED, "Failed to open ELF file: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if(elf_kind(e) != ELF_K_ELF)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format");
+
+ file_handle->access = access;
+ file_handle->fd_handle = fd;
+ file_handle->elf_handle = e;
+ file_handle->file_size = file_size(fd);
+ file_handle->version = EV_CURRENT; /* This should probably match the rest of the file */
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand a section
+ * (Only used when manually controlling ELF layout)
+ */
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+libr_intstatus expand_section(Elf *e, Elf_Scn *scn, size_t size, int reset)
+{
+ size_t offset = 0, delta = 0;
+ Elf_Scn *tmpscn = NULL;
+ GElf_Shdr shdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getshdr(scn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_INTERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if(reset)
+ {
+ delta = (size-shdr.sh_size);
+ shdr.sh_size = size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ delta = size;
+ shdr.sh_size += size;
+ }
+ offset = shdr.sh_offset;
+ if(gelf_update_shdr(scn, &shdr) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if(elf_update(e, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ /* Update any section that follows this one data-wise */
+/*
+****** This does not work yet
+ while((tmpscn = elf_nextscn(e, tmpscn)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(tmpscn == scn)
+ continue;
+ if(gelf_getshdr(tmpscn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ return LIBR_INTERROR_GETSHDR;
+ if(offset < shdr.sh_offset)
+ {
+ if((name = elf_strptr(e, ehdr.e_shstrndx, shdr.sh_name)) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_STRPTR, "Failed to obtain section string pointer: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ shdr.sh_offset += delta;
+ if(gelf_update_shdr(tmpscn, &shdr) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if(elf_update(e, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ }
+ }
+*/
+ return LIBR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the data from a section using libelf
+ */
+libr_data *get_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ return elf_getdata(scn, NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create new data for a section using libelf
+ */
+libr_data *new_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ return elf_newdata(scn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set data for a section using libelf (not written yet)
+ */
+libr_intstatus set_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn, libr_data *data, off_t offset, char *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+ data->d_align = 1;
+ data->d_off = offset;
+ data->d_buf = buffer;
+ data->d_type = ELF_T_BYTE;
+ data->d_size = size;
+ data->d_version = file_handle->version;
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+ if(expand_section(file_handle->elf_handle, scn, data->d_size, true) != LIBR_OK)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_EXPANDSECTION, "Failed to expand section");
+#else
+ if(elf_update(file_handle->elf_handle, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if(elf_update(file_handle->elf_handle, ELF_C_WRITE) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find a named section from the ELF file using libelf
+ */
+libr_intstatus find_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *section, libr_section **retscn)
+{
+ Elf *e = file_handle->elf_handle;
+ Elf_Scn *scn = NULL;
+ char *name = NULL;
+ GElf_Ehdr ehdr;
+ GElf_Shdr shdr;
+ uintmax_t si;
+
+ if(gelf_getehdr(e, &ehdr) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETEHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ while((scn = elf_nextscn(e, scn)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(gelf_getshdr(scn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF section header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if((name = elf_strptr(e, ehdr.e_shstrndx, shdr.sh_name)) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_STRPTR, "Failed to obtain section string pointer: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+
+ si = (uintmax_t) elf_ndxscn(scn);
+/*
+printf("%d: %s (%d %d)\n", (long) si, name, (long) shdr.sh_offset, (long) shdr.sh_size);
+*/
+ if(strcmp(name, section) == 0)
+ {
+ *retscn = scn;
+ RETURN_OK;
+ }
+ }
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOSECTION, "ELF resource section not found");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Add a new section and create a name for it in the ELF string table using libelf
+ */
+libr_intstatus add_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *section, Elf_Scn **retscn)
+{
+ Elf_Scn *scn = NULL, *strscn = NULL;
+ Elf *e = file_handle->elf_handle;
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+ size_t tblsize = 0;
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+ Elf_Data *data;
+ GElf_Ehdr ehdr;
+ GElf_Shdr shdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getehdr(e, &ehdr) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETEHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ /* TODO: Support creating a string table for objects that don't have one */
+ if(!ehdr.e_shstrndx)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOTABLE, "No ELF string table");
+ strscn = elf_getscn(e, ehdr.e_shstrndx);
+ if(strscn == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_TABLE, "Failed to open string table: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ data = elf_newdata(strscn);
+ if(data == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NEWDATA, "Failed to create data for section");
+ data->d_align = 1;
+
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+{
+ GElf_Shdr strshdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getshdr(strscn, &strshdr) != &strshdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF section header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ data->d_off = strshdr.sh_size;
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+
+ data->d_size = (size_t) strlen(section)+1;
+ data->d_type = ELF_T_BYTE;
+ data->d_buf = section;
+ data->d_version = file_handle->version;
+
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+ if(expand_section(e, strscn, data->d_size, false) != LIBR_OK)
+ return false;
+}
+#else
+ /* Update the internal offset information */
+ if(elf_update(e, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+
+ /* seek to the end of the section data */
+ if((scn = elf_newscn(e)) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NEWSECTION, "Failed to create new section");
+ if(gelf_getshdr(scn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF section header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ shdr.sh_addralign = 1;
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+ shdr.sh_offset = file_handle->file_size;
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+ shdr.sh_size = 0;
+ shdr.sh_name = data->d_off;
+ shdr.sh_type = SHT_NOTE; /* TODO: Does "NOTE" type fit best? */
+ shdr.sh_flags = SHF_WRITE;
+ shdr.sh_entsize = 0;
+ if(gelf_update_shdr(scn, &shdr) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ *retscn = scn;
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a section and eliminate it from the ELF string table using libelf
+ */
+libr_intstatus remove_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ unsigned int table_size, str_size;
+ char *buffer = NULL, *tmp = NULL;
+ Elf *e = file_handle->elf_handle;
+ int remaining_size;
+ Elf_Scn *strscn;
+ Elf_Data *data;
+ GElf_Ehdr ehdr;
+ GElf_Shdr shdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getehdr(e, &ehdr) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETEHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ /* Grab the string table */
+ if(!ehdr.e_shstrndx)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOTABLE, "No ELF string table");
+ strscn = elf_getscn(e, ehdr.e_shstrndx);
+ if(strscn == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_TABLE, "Failed to open string table: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ if((data = elf_getdata(strscn, NULL)) == NULL)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA, "Failed to obtain data of section");
+ /* Find where the section name is in the string table */
+ if(gelf_getshdr(scn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF section header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ table_size = data->d_size;
+ buffer = (char *) data->d_buf;
+ /* Excise the string from the table */
+ str_size = strlen(&buffer[shdr.sh_name])+1;
+ remaining_size = table_size-(shdr.sh_name+str_size);
+ if(remaining_size < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SIZEMISMATCH, "Section's data size does not make sense");
+ if(remaining_size > 0)
+ {
+ /* If there is data after our icon entry in the table then it must be moved before resizing
+ * NOTE: Using memcpy with overlapping addresses is not allowed, use temporary buffer.
+ */
+ tmp = (char *) malloc(remaining_size);
+ memcpy(tmp, &buffer[shdr.sh_name+str_size], remaining_size);
+ memcpy(&buffer[shdr.sh_name], tmp, remaining_size);
+ free(tmp);
+ }
+ data->d_size -= str_size;
+ /* Update the internal offset information */
+ if(elf_update(e, ELF_C_NULL) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+#ifdef MANUAL_LAYOUT
+{
+ GElf_Shdr strshdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getshdr(strscn, &strshdr) != &strshdr)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR, "Failed to obtain ELF section header: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ strshdr.sh_size -= str_size;
+ if(gelf_update_shdr(strscn, &strshdr) < 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE, "Failed to perform dynamic update: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+}
+#endif /* MANUAL_LAYOUT */
+
+ /* Clear the section itself and update the offsets */
+ if(elfx_remscn(e, scn) == 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_REMOVESECTION, "Failed to remove section: %s.", elf_errmsg(-1));
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the pointer to the actual data in the section
+ */
+void *data_pointer(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return data->d_buf;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the size of the data in the section
+ */
+size_t data_size(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return data->d_size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the next section in the ELF file
+ */
+libr_section *next_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ return elf_nextscn(file_handle->elf_handle, scn);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve the name of a section
+ */
+char *section_name(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ char *name = NULL;
+ GElf_Shdr shdr;
+ GElf_Ehdr ehdr;
+
+ if(gelf_getehdr(file_handle->elf_handle, &ehdr) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if(gelf_getshdr(scn, &shdr) != &shdr)
+ return NULL;
+ if((name = elf_strptr(file_handle->elf_handle, ehdr.e_shstrndx, shdr.sh_name)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return strdup(name);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the libelf backend
+ */
+void initialize_backend(void)
+{
+ if(elf_version(EV_CURRENT) == EV_NONE)
+ return; //errx(EX_SOFTWARE, "ELF library initialization failed: %s", elf_errmsg(-1));
+}
diff --git a/src/libr-elf.h b/src/libr-elf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c632e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-elf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_ELF_H
+#define __LIBR_ELF_H
+
+/* Handle ELF files */
+#include <libelf.h>
+#include <gelf.h>
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef struct _libr_file {
+ int fd_handle;
+ Elf *elf_handle;
+ size_t file_size;
+ libr_access_t access;
+ unsigned int version;
+} libr_file;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+/* for a clean internal API */
+typedef Elf_Scn libr_section;
+typedef Elf_Data libr_data;
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_ELF_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-gtk.c b/src/libr-gtk.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f746aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-gtk.c
@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr GTK support - Convenience functions for using resources in GTK applications
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr.h"
+#include "libr-gtk.h"
+#include "libr-icons.h"
+#include "tempfiles.h"
+
+/* For loading GTK/GDK images */
+#include <gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.h>
+#include <glib.h>
+
+/* For loading GLADE files */
+#include <glade/glade.h>
+
+/* For loading GTK+ Builder files */
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* For malloc/free */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* For string handling */
+#include <string.h>
+
+typedef gchar * (*GladeFileCallback)(GladeXML *, const gchar *, guint *);
+GladeFileCallback glade_set_file_callback(GladeFileCallback callback, gpointer user_data);
+
+/* Use weak binding for all glade and GTK+ requirements */
+#pragma weak glade_set_file_callback
+
+#pragma weak gtk_window_set_default_icon_list
+#pragma weak gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf
+#pragma weak gtk_builder_add_from_string
+#pragma weak gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size
+#pragma weak g_type_check_instance_cast
+#pragma weak gtk_builder_add_from_file
+#pragma weak glade_xml_new_from_buffer
+#pragma weak gdk_pixbuf_loader_write
+#pragma weak gdk_pixbuf_loader_close
+#pragma weak gdk_pixbuf_loader_new
+#pragma weak g_signal_connect_data
+#pragma weak g_signal_connect
+#pragma weak gtk_builder_new
+#pragma weak g_object_unref
+#pragma weak glade_xml_new
+#pragma weak g_list_append
+#pragma weak glade_init
+#pragma weak gtk_init
+#pragma weak g_free
+
+#define GLADE_SECTION ".glade"
+#define BUILDER_SECTION ".ui"
+
+/*
+ * Handle the resource request from libglade
+ */
+gchar *libr_glade_read_resource(GladeXML *gladefile, const gchar *filename, guint *size, gpointer user_data)
+{
+ return libr_malloc((libr_file *) user_data, (char *) filename, (size_t *) size);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle the resource request from GtkBuilder
+ */
+gboolean libr_gtk_read_resource(GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *filename, gchar **data, gsize *size, GError **error, gpointer user_data)
+{
+ if(data == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ *data = libr_malloc((libr_file *) user_data, (char *) filename, (size_t *) size);
+ if(*data == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load the libglade resource appropriately for the currently installed version
+ * (AKA, hurray hacks!)
+ */
+GladeXML *libr_new_glade(libr_file *handle, char *gladefile, size_t gladefile_size)
+{
+ if(glade_set_file_callback) /* The not-yet (ever?) existing way */
+ {
+ /* Register a callback for libglade to load our resources */
+ if(glade_set_file_callback((GladeFileCallback) libr_glade_read_resource, handle) != NULL)
+ printf("warning: over-wrote an application callback!\n");
+ /* Initialize libglade almost as usual, just use a buffer instead of a file */
+ return glade_xml_new_from_buffer(gladefile, gladefile_size, NULL, NULL);
+ }
+ else /* The hacky way */
+ {
+ char *glade_file[PATH_MAX];
+ GladeXML *ret = NULL;
+ char *temp_folder;
+
+ temp_folder = libr_extract_resources(handle);
+ if(temp_folder == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ strcpy((char*)glade_file, temp_folder);
+ strcat((char*)glade_file, "/");
+ strcat((char*)glade_file, GLADE_SECTION);
+ ret = glade_xml_new((char*)glade_file, NULL, NULL);
+ if(ret == NULL)
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ else
+ register_folder_cleanup(temp_folder);
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load the GtkBuilder resource appropriately for the currently installed version
+ * (AKA, hurray hacks!)
+ */
+int libr_new_builder(libr_file *handle, char *builderfile, size_t builderfile_size, GtkBuilder *builder)
+{
+ /* Register a callback for GtkBuilder to load our resources */
+ if(g_signal_connect(builder, "load-resource", (GCallback) libr_gtk_read_resource, handle))
+ {
+ /* Initialize GtkBuilder almost as usual, just use a buffer instead of a file */
+ if(gtk_builder_add_from_string(builder, builderfile, builderfile_size, NULL) == 0)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+ }
+ else /* The hacky way */
+ {
+ char *builder_file[PATH_MAX];
+ char *temp_folder;
+ int ret = false;
+
+ temp_folder = libr_extract_resources(handle);
+ if(temp_folder == NULL)
+ return false;
+ strcpy((char*)builder_file, temp_folder);
+ strcat((char*)builder_file, "/");
+ strcat((char*)builder_file, BUILDER_SECTION);
+ ret = gtk_builder_add_from_file(builder, (char*)builder_file, NULL);
+ if(ret == 0)
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ else
+ register_folder_cleanup(temp_folder);
+ g_free(temp_folder);
+ return (ret != 0);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a GTK icon list
+ */
+EXPORT_FN IconList *libr_gtk_iconlist(libr_file *handle)
+{
+ int sizes[] = {16, 32, 48, 96, 128};
+ IconList *icons = NULL;
+ GdkPixbuf *icon = NULL;
+ int sizes_len = 5, i;
+
+ if(handle == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Must pass a file handle to obtain the icons from */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if(gtk_init == NULL)
+ {
+ /* GTK+ was not linked with the application */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Go through the list of GTK "required" image sizes and build the icons */
+ for(i=0;i<sizes_len;i++)
+ {
+ libr_icon *icon_handle = libr_icon_geticon_bysize(handle, sizes[i]);
+ GdkPixbufLoader *stream = gdk_pixbuf_loader_new();
+ char *iconfile = NULL;
+ size_t iconfile_size;
+
+ if(icon_handle == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to find an icon */
+ printf("Failed to find an icon\n");
+ continue;
+ }
+ iconfile = libr_icon_malloc(icon_handle, &iconfile_size);
+ if(iconfile == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain embedded icon */
+ continue;
+ }
+ libr_icon_close(icon_handle);
+ /* TODO: Use the "size-prepared" signal to properly scale the width and height
+void user_function (GdkPixbufLoader *loader, gint width, gint height, gpointer user_data)
+ */
+ gdk_pixbuf_loader_set_size(stream, sizes[i], sizes[i]);
+ if(!gdk_pixbuf_loader_write(stream, (unsigned char *)iconfile, iconfile_size, NULL))
+ {
+ /* Failed to process image */
+ continue;
+ }
+ if(!gdk_pixbuf_loader_close(stream, NULL))
+ {
+ /* Failed to create image */
+ continue;
+ }
+ icon = gdk_pixbuf_loader_get_pixbuf(stream);
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to convert image to pixbuf */
+ continue;
+ }
+ icons = g_list_append(icons, icon);
+ }
+ return icons;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Shared GtkBuilder resource loading
+ */
+GtkBuilder *libr_gtk_load_internal(libr_file *handle, char *resource_name)
+{
+ GtkBuilder *builder = NULL;
+ size_t builder_length;
+ char *builder_data;
+
+ /* Obtain the GtkBuilder XML definition */
+ builder_data = libr_malloc(handle, resource_name, &builder_length);
+ if(builder_data == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain embedded GtkBuilder definition file */
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ /* Setup the GtkBuilder environment */
+ builder = gtk_builder_new();
+ if(builder == NULL)
+ goto failed;
+ if(!libr_new_builder(handle, builder_data, builder_length, builder))
+ {
+ /* Failed to build interface from resource file */
+ g_object_unref(G_OBJECT(builder));
+ goto failed;
+ }
+failed:
+ free(builder_data);
+ return builder;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load the requested GtkBuilder resource and any applicable icons
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_gtk_load(BuilderHandle **gtk_ret, char *resource_name)
+{
+ libr_file *handle;
+ int ret = false;
+
+ if(gtk_ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Why on earth would you call this without obtaining the handle to the resource? */
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(gtk_builder_new == NULL)
+ {
+ /* GtkBuilder was not linked with the application */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the handle to the executable */
+ if((handle = libr_open(NULL, LIBR_READ)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* "Failed to open this executable (%s) for resources", progname() */
+ return false;
+ }
+ register_internal_handle(handle);
+ *gtk_ret = libr_gtk_load_internal(handle, resource_name);
+ if(*gtk_ret == NULL)
+ goto failed;
+ ret = true;
+failed:
+ if(!ret)
+ libr_close(handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Automatically load the ".ui" GtkBuilder resource and any applicable icons
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_gtk_autoload(BuilderHandle **gtk_ret, IconList **icons_ret, int set_default_icon)
+{
+ GList *icons = NULL;
+ libr_file *handle;
+ int ret = false;
+
+ if(gtk_ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Why on earth would you call this without obtaining the handle to the resource? */
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(gtk_builder_new == NULL)
+ {
+ /* GtkBuilder was not linked with the application */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the handle to the executable */
+ if((handle = libr_open(NULL, LIBR_READ)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* "Failed to open this executable (%s) for resources", progname() */
+ return false;
+ }
+ register_internal_handle(handle);
+ /* Obtain the icons from the ELF binary */
+ icons = libr_gtk_iconlist(handle);
+ /* Set the embedded icons as the default icon list (if requested) */
+ if(icons != NULL && set_default_icon)
+ gtk_window_set_default_icon_list(icons);
+ *gtk_ret = libr_gtk_load_internal(handle, BUILDER_SECTION);
+ if(*gtk_ret == NULL)
+ goto failed;
+ if(icons_ret)
+ *icons_ret = icons;
+ ret = true;
+failed:
+ if(!ret)
+ libr_close(handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Shared libglade resource loading
+ */
+GladeXML *libr_glade_load_internal(libr_file *handle, char *resource_name)
+{
+ GladeXML *glade = NULL;
+ size_t glade_length;
+ char *glade_data;
+
+ /* Obtain the GLADE XML definition */
+ glade_data = libr_malloc(handle, resource_name, &glade_length);
+ if(glade_data == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain embedded glade file */
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ /* Initialize libglade appropriate for the available version */
+ glade = libr_new_glade(handle, glade_data, glade_length);
+ if(glade == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to initialize embedded glade file */
+ goto failed;
+ }
+failed:
+ free(glade_data);
+ return glade;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Load the requested libglade resource and any applicable icons
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_glade_load(GladeHandle **glade_ret, char *resource_name)
+{
+ libr_file *handle;
+ int ret = false;
+
+ if(glade_ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Why on earth would you call this without obtaining the handle to the resource? */
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(glade_init == NULL)
+ {
+ /* libglade was not linked with the application */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the handle to the executable */
+ if((handle = libr_open(NULL, LIBR_READ)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* "Failed to open this executable (%s) for resources", progname() */
+ return false;
+ }
+ register_internal_handle(handle);
+ *glade_ret = libr_glade_load_internal(handle, resource_name);
+ if(*glade_ret == NULL)
+ goto failed;
+ ret = true;
+failed:
+ if(!ret)
+ libr_close(handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Automatically load the ".glade" resource and any applicable icons
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_glade_autoload(GladeHandle **glade_ret, IconList **icons_ret, int set_default_icon)
+{
+ libr_file *handle = NULL;
+ GList *icons = NULL;
+
+ if(glade_ret == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Why on earth would you call this without obtaining the handle to the resource? */
+ return false;
+ }
+ if(glade_init == NULL)
+ {
+ /* libglade was not linked with the application */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the handle to the executable */
+ if((handle = libr_open(NULL, LIBR_READ)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* "Failed to open this executable (%s) for resources", progname() */
+ return false;
+ }
+ register_internal_handle(handle);
+ icons = libr_gtk_iconlist(handle);
+ /* Set the embedded icons as the default icon list (if requested) */
+ if(icons != NULL && set_default_icon)
+ gtk_window_set_default_icon_list(icons);
+ /* Return the libglade and icon handles for the application */
+ *glade_ret = libr_glade_load_internal(handle, GLADE_SECTION);
+ if(icons_ret)
+ *icons_ret = icons;
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/libr-gtk.h b/src/libr-gtk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa6ba1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-gtk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr-gtk - Convenience support for GTK+
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LIBR_GTK_H
+#define __LIBR_GTK_H
+
+#include "libr.h"
+
+#ifndef GLADE_H
+ typedef void GladeHandle;
+#else
+ typedef GladeXML GladeHandle;
+#endif
+#ifndef __GTK_BUILDER_H__
+ typedef void BuilderHandle;
+#else
+ typedef GtkBuilder BuilderHandle;
+#endif
+#ifndef __G_LIB_H__
+ typedef void IconList;
+#else
+ typedef GList IconList;
+#endif
+
+/* GTK Convenience API */
+IconList *libr_gtk_iconlist(libr_file *handle);
+int libr_gtk_autoload(BuilderHandle **gtk_ret, IconList **icons_ret, int set_default_icon);
+int libr_gtk_load(BuilderHandle **gtk_ret, char *resource_name);
+int libr_glade_autoload(GladeHandle **glade_ret, IconList **icons_ret, int set_default_icon);
+int libr_glade_load(GladeHandle **glade_ret, char *resource_name);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_GTK_H */
+
diff --git a/src/libr-i18n.c b/src/libr-i18n.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25e5664
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-i18n.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr i18n - Add language resources into ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr-i18n.h"
+#include "tempfiles.h"
+
+/* Internationalization support */
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* For string handling */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/*
+ * Extract the internationalization resources from the binary
+ * and setup gettext with the extracted folder.
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_i18n_load(libr_file *handle, const char *domain)
+{
+ char *temp_folder;
+ int ret = true;
+
+ temp_folder = libr_extract_resources(handle);
+ if(temp_folder == NULL)
+ return false;
+ if(!setlocale(LC_ALL, ""))
+ ret = false;
+ if(!bindtextdomain(domain, temp_folder))
+ ret = false;
+ if(!textdomain(domain))
+ ret = false;
+ if(!ret)
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ else
+ register_folder_cleanup(temp_folder);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+EXPORT_FN int libr_i18n_autoload(const char *domain)
+{
+ libr_file *handle;
+
+ /* Obtain the handle to the executable */
+ if((handle = libr_open(NULL, LIBR_READ)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* "Failed to open this executable (%s) for resources", progname() */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the language files from the ELF binary */
+ if(!libr_i18n_load(handle, domain))
+ {
+ /* "Failed to load language resources!" */
+ goto failed;
+ }
+
+failed:
+ libr_close(handle);
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/libr-i18n.h b/src/libr-i18n.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b61546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-i18n.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_I18N_H
+#define __LIBR_I18N_H
+
+#include "libr.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(string) gettext(string)
+/* for strings used in structures (must manually call gettext!): */
+#define N_(string) (string)
+
+int libr_i18n_autoload(const char *domain);
+int libr_i18n_load(libr_file *handle, const char *domain);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_I18N_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-icons.c b/src/libr-icons.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18dc536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-icons.c
@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr icons - Add icon resources into ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr-icons.h"
+
+/* For "one canvas" SVG documents */
+#include "onecanvas.h"
+
+/* For string manipulation */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* For handling files */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+/* For C99 number types */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define ICON_SECTION ".icon"
+#define TERM_LEN 1
+
+#define OFFSET_ENTRIES 0
+#define OFFSET_GUID OFFSET_ENTRIES+sizeof(uint32_t)
+
+#if defined(__i386)
+ #define ID12FORMAT "%012llx"
+#elif defined(__x86_64)
+ #define ID12FORMAT "%012lx"
+#else
+ #define ID12FORMAT "%012lx"
+ #warning "string formatting may be incorrect on this architecture."
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef uint32_t ID8;
+typedef uint16_t ID4;
+typedef struct {uint64_t p:48;} __attribute__((__packed__)) ID12;
+
+typedef struct {
+ ID8 g1;
+ ID4 g2;
+ ID4 g3;
+ ID4 g4;
+ ID12 g5;
+} __attribute__((__packed__)) UUID;
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *name;
+ size_t offset;
+ size_t entry_size;
+ libr_icontype_t type;
+ unsigned int icon_size;
+} iconentry;
+
+typedef struct{
+ size_t size;
+ char *buffer;
+ iconentry entry;
+} iconlist;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+/*
+ * Decode a UUID to its binary representation
+ *
+ * NOTE: The last 12-bit parameter cannot be obtained using (uint64_t *) with
+ * some versions of GCC using some optimization levels. This problem is very
+ * frustrating to debug, so I do not recommend playing with it yourself.
+ */
+UUID guid_decode(char *guid)
+{
+ UUID id = {0x00000000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, {0x000000000000} };
+ uint64_t tmp12;
+
+ sscanf(guid, "%08x-%04hx-%04hx-%04hx-" ID12FORMAT, &id.g1, &id.g2, &id.g3, &id.g4, &tmp12);
+ id.g5.p = tmp12;
+ return id;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the size of the file represented by the file stream
+ */
+off_t fsize(FILE *handle)
+{
+ struct stat file_stat;
+
+ if(fstat(fileno(handle), &file_stat) == ERROR)
+ return ERROR;
+ return file_stat.st_size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create a new icon handle
+ */
+libr_icon *new_icon_handle(libr_icontype_t type, unsigned int icon_size, char *buffer, size_t buffer_size)
+{
+ libr_icon *icon_handle = (libr_icon *) malloc(sizeof(libr_icon));
+
+ icon_handle->type = type;
+ icon_handle->buffer = buffer;
+ icon_handle->icon_size = icon_size;
+ icon_handle->buffer_size = buffer_size;
+ return icon_handle;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain an existing icon resource list
+ */
+int get_iconlist(libr_file *file_handle, iconlist *icons)
+{
+ if(icons == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Need to be able to return SOMETHING */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Obtain the icon resource list */
+ icons->buffer = libr_malloc(file_handle, ICON_SECTION, &(icons->size));
+ if(icons->buffer == NULL)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the next entry in an icon resource list
+ */
+iconentry *get_nexticon(iconlist *icons, iconentry *last_entry)
+{
+ size_t i;
+
+ /* The icon list is needed both for the data buffer and for a call-specific iconentry instance */
+ if(icons == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ /* If this is the first call (last_entry == NULL) then return the first entry */
+ if(last_entry == NULL)
+ icons->entry.offset = sizeof(uint32_t)+sizeof(UUID);
+ else
+ icons->entry.offset += icons->entry.entry_size;
+ /* Check to see if we've run out of entries */
+ if(icons->entry.offset >= icons->size)
+ return NULL;
+ i = icons->entry.offset;
+ memcpy(&(icons->entry.entry_size), &(icons->buffer[i]), sizeof(uint32_t));
+ i += sizeof(uint32_t);
+ icons->entry.type = icons->buffer[i];
+ i += sizeof(unsigned char);
+ switch(icons->entry.type)
+ {
+ case LIBR_SVG:
+ icons->entry.icon_size = 0;
+ icons->entry.name = &(icons->buffer[i]);
+ break;
+ case LIBR_PNG:
+ memcpy(&(icons->entry.icon_size), &(icons->buffer[i]), sizeof(uint32_t));
+ i += sizeof(uint32_t);
+ icons->entry.name = &(icons->buffer[i]);
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Invalid entry type */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return &(icons->entry);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free an icon handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_close(libr_icon *icon)
+{
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ return false;
+ if(icon->buffer == NULL)
+ return false;
+ free(icon->buffer);
+ free(icon);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read an icon resource from an ELF file by name
+ */
+EXPORT_FN libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_byname(libr_file *handle, char *icon_name)
+{
+ iconentry *entry = NULL;
+ libr_icon *icon = NULL;
+ size_t buffer_size = 0;
+ unsigned int icon_size;
+ libr_icontype_t type;
+ char *buffer = NULL;
+ int inlist = false;
+ iconlist icons;
+
+ if(!get_iconlist(handle, &icons))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain a list of ELF icons */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Look for the icon name in the entry list */
+ while((entry = get_nexticon(&icons, entry)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(!strcmp(entry->name, icon_name))
+ {
+ type = entry->type;
+ icon_size = entry->icon_size;
+ inlist = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!inlist)
+ {
+ /* Could not find icon name in the list of icons */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Get the icon from the ELF binary */
+ if(!libr_size(handle, icon_name, &buffer_size))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain ELF icon size */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Allocate memory for the icon */
+ buffer = (char *) malloc(buffer_size);
+ if(buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to allocate memory for icon */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Get the compressed icon from the ELF file */
+ if(!libr_read(handle, icon_name, buffer))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain ELF icon */
+ goto geticon_byname_complete;
+ }
+ icon = new_icon_handle(type, icon_size, buffer, buffer_size);
+
+geticon_byname_complete:
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ free(buffer);
+ return icon;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read an icon resource from an ELF file by the square icon size
+ */
+EXPORT_FN libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_bysize(libr_file *handle, unsigned int iconsize)
+{
+ unsigned int closest_id = 0, i = 0, j = 0;
+ int found_png = false, found_svg = false;
+ unsigned long closest_size = 0;
+ iconentry *entry = NULL;
+ iconlist icons;
+
+ if(!get_iconlist(handle, &icons))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain a list of ELF icons */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Look for the closest size match, ignore SVG in case there are multiple icons */
+ while((entry = get_nexticon(&icons, entry)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(entry->type == LIBR_SVG)
+ found_svg = true;
+ if(entry->type == LIBR_PNG)
+ {
+ if(j == 0)
+ {
+ closest_size = entry->icon_size;
+ found_png = true;
+ }
+ if(abs(iconsize-entry->icon_size) < closest_size)
+ {
+ closest_size = entry->icon_size;
+ closest_id = i;
+ }
+ j++;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+ /* If any PNG files were found then use the file if:
+ * 1) There are no SVG files <OR>
+ * 2) The PNG is an EXACT size match
+ */
+ if(found_png)
+ {
+ i=0;
+ entry = NULL;
+ while((entry = get_nexticon(&icons, entry)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(i == closest_id)
+ {
+ if(entry->icon_size == iconsize || !found_svg)
+ return libr_icon_geticon_byname(handle, entry->name);
+ break;
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Otherwise use the SVG (provided that there is one) */
+ if(found_svg)
+ {
+ entry = NULL;
+ while((entry = get_nexticon(&icons, entry)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(entry->type == LIBR_SVG)
+ {
+ libr_icon *icon = libr_icon_geticon_byname(handle, entry->name);
+ if (icon) {
+ libr_icon *icon_onecanvas;
+ char *buffer;
+
+ /* should we report the requested size for SVG? */
+ icon->icon_size = iconsize;
+
+ /* if the SVG is a "one canvas" document then extract the correctly sized icon */
+ if((buffer = onecanvas_geticon_bysize(icon->buffer, iconsize)) != NULL)
+ {
+ libr_icon_close(icon);
+ icon_onecanvas = new_icon_handle(LIBR_SVG, iconsize, buffer, strlen(buffer));
+ return icon_onecanvas;
+ }
+ }
+ return icon;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* Give up */
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtains the icon UUID for the ELF file
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_getuuid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid)
+{
+ UUID id = {0x00000000, 0x0000, 0x0000, 0x0000, {0x000000000000} };
+ iconlist icons;
+
+ if(!get_iconlist(handle, &icons))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain the list of ELF icons */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Now store the GUID to the return string */
+ memcpy(&id, &(icons.buffer[OFFSET_GUID]), sizeof(UUID));
+ snprintf(uuid, GUIDSTR_LENGTH, "%08x-%04hx-%04hx-%04hx-" ID12FORMAT "\n", id.g1, id.g2, id.g3, id.g4, (uint64_t) id.g5.p);
+ free(icons.buffer);
+ return true;
+}
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_getguid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid) ALIAS_FN(libr_icon_getuuid);
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a buffer containing the data of an icon
+ */
+EXPORT_FN char *libr_icon_malloc(libr_icon *icon, size_t *size)
+{
+ char *iconfile = NULL;
+
+ if(size == NULL)
+ {
+ /* No return size passed */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if(!libr_icon_size(icon, size))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain embedded icon file size */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ iconfile = (char *) malloc(*size);
+ if(!libr_icon_read(icon, iconfile))
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain embedded icon file */
+ free(iconfile);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ return iconfile;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Create an icon resource to represent a file on the hard disk
+ */
+EXPORT_FN libr_icon *libr_icon_newicon_byfile(libr_icontype_t type, unsigned int icon_size, char *icon_file)
+{
+ libr_icon *icon_handle = NULL;
+ size_t len, buffer_size = 0;
+ char *buffer = NULL;
+ FILE *handle = NULL;
+
+ /* Open a handle to the icon file */
+ if((handle = fopen(icon_file, "r")) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to open icon file */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Get the size of the icon file */
+ if((buffer_size = fsize(handle)) == ERROR)
+ {
+ /* Failed to obtain the icon's file size */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Allocate a buffer for the uncompressed icon */
+ buffer = (char *) malloc(buffer_size);
+ if(buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to allocate a buffer for the icon data */
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ /* Read the uncompressed image from the disk */
+ if((len = fread(buffer, 1, buffer_size, handle)) <= 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed to read icon from disk */
+ goto newicon_complete;
+ }
+ fclose(handle);
+ if(len != buffer_size)
+ {
+ /* Failed to read the entire icon */
+ goto newicon_complete;
+ }
+ /* Allocate the icon handle */
+ icon_handle = new_icon_handle(type, icon_size, buffer, buffer_size);
+
+newicon_complete:
+ if(icon_handle == NULL)
+ free(buffer);
+ return icon_handle;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy the icon resource into a buffer
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_read(libr_icon *icon, char *buffer)
+{
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ return false;
+ memcpy(buffer, icon->buffer, icon->buffer_size);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the memory size of an icon resource
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_size(libr_icon *icon, size_t *size)
+{
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ return false;
+ *size = icon->buffer_size;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Save the icon resource to a file
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_save(libr_icon *icon, char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *file = NULL;
+ int ret = false;
+ size_t len;
+
+ if(icon == NULL)
+ return false;
+ /* Open the file to store the image */
+ if((file = fopen(filename, "w")) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to open file to write the icon */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Store the uncompressed icon to disk */
+ if((len = fwrite(icon->buffer, 1, icon->buffer_size, file)) <= 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed to write output file */
+ goto saveicon_complete;
+ }
+ if(len != icon->buffer_size)
+ {
+ /* Did not write the entire file */
+ goto saveicon_complete;
+ }
+ ret = true;
+
+saveicon_complete:
+ /* Close remaining resources */
+ fclose(file);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Sets the icon GUID for the ELF file
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_setuuid(libr_file *handle, char *guid)
+{
+ int ret = false;
+ iconlist icons;
+ UUID id;
+ int i;
+
+ /* First check the GUID string */
+ for(i=0;i<strlen(guid);i++)
+ {
+ if(!isxdigit(guid[i]))
+ {
+ if(guid[i] == '-' && (i == 8 || i == 13 || i == 18 || i == 23))
+ continue;
+ /* not a valid GUID string */
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ id = guid_decode(guid);
+ /* Now check existing resources */
+ if(!get_iconlist(handle, &icons))
+ {
+ /* No icons exist in the file, create a new icon section with the GUID */
+ uint32_t entries = 0;
+
+ icons.size = sizeof(uint32_t)+sizeof(UUID);
+ icons.buffer = (char *) malloc(icons.size);
+ memcpy(&(icons.buffer[OFFSET_ENTRIES]), &entries, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ }
+ /* Set the GUID and write the resource */
+ if(!libr_write(handle, ICON_SECTION, icons.buffer, icons.size, LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED, LIBR_OVERWRITE))
+ {
+ /* failed to write icon resource */
+ goto setguid_complete;
+ }
+ ret = true;
+
+setguid_complete:
+ free(icons.buffer);
+ return ret;
+}
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_setguid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid) ALIAS_FN(libr_icon_setuuid);
+
+/*
+ * Add an icon resource to an ELF file
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_icon_write(libr_file *handle, libr_icon *icon, char *icon_name, libr_overwrite_t overwrite)
+{
+ size_t entry_size, i;
+ iconentry *entry = NULL;
+ iconlist icons;
+ int ret = false;
+
+ /* Check to make sure the user did not make a poor name choice */
+ if(!strcmp(icon_name, ICON_SECTION))
+ {
+ /* ".icon" is a reserved section name */
+ return false;
+
+ }
+ /* Check to make sure the file supports icon resources */
+ if(!get_iconlist(handle, &icons))
+ {
+ /* A GUID must be set first */
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* First add the icon as a new named section */
+ if(!libr_write(handle, icon_name, icon->buffer, icon->buffer_size, LIBR_COMPRESSED, overwrite))
+ {
+ /* Failed to add the icon as a resource */
+ goto writeicon_complete;
+ }
+ /* Look to see if the icon already has an entry */
+ while((entry = get_nexticon(&icons, entry)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if(!strcmp(entry->name, icon_name))
+ {
+ ret = true;
+ goto writeicon_complete;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Now add the icon to the list of icon resources in the ".icon" section */
+ switch(icon->type)
+ {
+ case LIBR_SVG:
+ entry_size = sizeof(uint32_t)+sizeof(unsigned char)+strlen(icon_name)+TERM_LEN;
+ break;
+ case LIBR_PNG:
+ entry_size = sizeof(uint32_t)+sizeof(unsigned char)+sizeof(uint32_t)+strlen(icon_name)+TERM_LEN;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Unhandled icon type */
+ goto writeicon_complete;
+ }
+ icons.buffer = (char *) realloc(icons.buffer, icons.size+entry_size);
+ if(icons.buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Failed to expand memory size */
+ goto writeicon_complete;
+ }
+ i = icons.size;
+ memcpy(&(icons.buffer[i]), &entry_size, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ i+=sizeof(uint32_t);
+ icons.buffer[i] = icon->type;
+ i+=sizeof(unsigned char);
+ if(icon->type == LIBR_PNG)
+ {
+ memcpy(&(icons.buffer[i]), &icon->icon_size, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ i+=sizeof(uint32_t);
+ }
+ memcpy(&(icons.buffer[i]), icon_name, strlen(icon_name));
+ i+=strlen(icon_name);
+ icons.buffer[i] = '\0';
+ icons.size += entry_size;
+ if(i != (icons.size-1))
+ printf("Really dangerous, buffer size mismatch!\n");
+ /* Write the updated icon table */
+ if(!libr_write(handle, ICON_SECTION, icons.buffer, icons.size, LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED, LIBR_OVERWRITE))
+ {
+ /* failed to write icon resource */
+ goto writeicon_complete;
+ }
+ ret = true;
+
+writeicon_complete:
+ if(icons.buffer)
+ free(icons.buffer);
+ return ret;
+}
diff --git a/src/libr-icons.h b/src/libr-icons.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..779fef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-icons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2010 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr-icons - Handle icon resources in ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LIBR_ICONS_H
+#define __LIBR_ICONS_H
+
+#include "libr.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+ LIBR_SVG = 0,
+ LIBR_PNG = 1
+} libr_icontype_t;
+
+#define UUIDSTR_LENGTH 37
+#define GUIDSTR_LENGTH UUIDSTR_LENGTH
+
+#ifdef __LIBR_BUILD__
+ typedef struct {
+ char *buffer;
+ size_t buffer_size;
+ libr_icontype_t type;
+ unsigned int icon_size;
+ } libr_icon;
+#else
+ typedef void libr_icon;
+#endif
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * libr Icon API
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_icon_close Release an icon resource handle.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_icon_close(libr_icon *icon);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Release the icon resource allocated by a call to
+ * <b>libr_icon_geticon_byid</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_geticon_byname</b>(3),
+ * <b>libr_icon_geticon_bysize</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_newicon_byfile</b>(3),
+ * or <b>libr_icon_newicon_frombuffer</b>(3).
+ *
+ * @param icon The icon handle to release.
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_icon_geticon_byid</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_geticon_byname</b>(3),
+ * <b>libr_icon_geticon_bysize</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_newicon_byfile</b>(3),
+ * <b>libr_icon_newicon_frombuffer</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_icon_close(libr_icon *icon);
+
+/*
+libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_byid(libr_file *handle, unsigned int iconid);
+*/
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_icon_geticon_byname Retrieve an icon resource from an ELF
+ * binary (by the icon resource's name).
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_byname(libr_file *handle, char *iconname);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Return a resource handle to an icon stored in a libr-compatible ELF
+ * binary. When this handle is no-longer needed it must be unallocated
+ * using <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3).
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param iconname The exact name of the resource to return.
+ * @return Returns a handle on success, NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_byname(libr_file *handle, char *iconname);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_icon_geticon_bysize Retrieve an icon resource from an ELF
+ * binary (by the desired icon size).
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_bysize(libr_file *handle, unsigned int iconsize);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Return a resource handle to the closest requested size icon stored
+ * in a libr-compatible ELF binary. When this handle is no-longer
+ * needed it must be unallocated using <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3).
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param iconsize The size of the resource to return, use 0
+ * to request an SVG icon.
+ * @return Returns a handle on success, NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+libr_icon *libr_icon_geticon_bysize(libr_file *handle, unsigned int iconsize);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_icon_getuuid Retrieve the UUID of an application.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_icon_getuuid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns the icon UUID corresponding to the ELF binary in hex notation
+ * (XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX), which requires a 37 character
+ * buffer (36 data characters and a NULL terminator).
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param uuid A buffer to store the UUID of the application.
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3),
+ * <b>libr_icon_setuuid</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_icon_getuuid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid);
+DEPRECATED_FN int libr_icon_getguid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid);
+
+char *libr_icon_malloc(libr_icon *icon, size_t *size);
+/*
+libr_icon *libr_icon_newicon_frombuffer(libr_icontype_t type, int iconsize, char *buffer, size_t size);
+*/
+libr_icon *libr_icon_newicon_byfile(libr_icontype_t type, unsigned int iconsize, char *iconfile);
+/*
+unsigned int libr_icon_num(libr_file *handle);
+*/
+int libr_icon_read(libr_icon *icon, char *buffer);
+int libr_icon_size(libr_icon *icon, size_t *size);
+int libr_icon_save(libr_icon *icon, char *filename);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_icon_setuuid Write a UUID into an application binary.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_icon_setuuid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Sets the icon UUID corresponding to the ELF binary in hex notation
+ * (XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX), which requires a 37 character
+ * buffer (36 data characters and a NULL terminator).
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param uuid A UUID to set for the application, can be generated by
+ * the terminal program "uuid".
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_icon_close</b>(3),
+ * <b>libr_icon_getuuid</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_icon_setuuid(libr_file *handle, char *uuid);
+DEPRECATED_FN int libr_icon_setguid(libr_file *handle, char *guid);
+int libr_icon_write(libr_file *handle, libr_icon *icon, char *iconname, libr_overwrite_t overwrite);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_ICONS_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-internal.h b/src/libr-internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7008a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_INTERNAL_H
+#define __LIBR_INTERNAL_H
+
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+#define ERROR -1
+#define EXPORT_FN __attribute__((visibility ("protected")))
+#define INTERNAL_FN __attribute__ ((visibility ("internal")))
+#define LIBR_TEMPFILE "/tmp/libr-temp.XXXXXX"
+#define LIBR_TEMPFILE_LEN 22
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *message;
+ libr_status status;
+ const char *function;
+} libr_intstatus;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+struct _libr_file;
+
+void libr_set_error(libr_intstatus error);
+libr_intstatus make_status(const char *function, libr_status code, char *message, ...);
+/* Only called directly by cleanup routine, all other calls should be through libr_close */
+void libr_close_internal(struct _libr_file *file_handle);
+
+#define SET_ERROR(code,...) make_status(__FUNCTION__, code, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define RETURN(code,...) return SET_ERROR(code, __VA_ARGS__)
+#define RETURN_OK return SET_ERROR(LIBR_OK, NULL)
+#define PUBLIC_RETURN(code,message) {SET_ERROR(code, message); return (code == LIBR_OK);}
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-link.h b/src/libr-link.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1bdb54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-link.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef __LIBR_LINK_H
+#define __LIBR_LINK_H
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef struct {
+ void **symbol;
+ char *name;
+} symbol_table;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+#define SYMBOL_TABLE(tbl, ...) \
+const symbol_table tbl[] = { \
+ __VA_ARGS__ \
+ {NULL, NULL} \
+}
+
+#define OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(a) FN_##a
+#define SYMBOL(sym) {(void **)&FN_##sym, #sym}
+#define DEFINE_SYMBOL(ret, fn, ...) ret (*OVERRIDE_SYMBOL(fn))(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define LOAD_SYMBOLS(lib, tbl) load_symbols(lib, tbl, sizeof(tbl)/sizeof(symbol_table))
+
+int load_symbols(const char *library, const symbol_table *table, int entries);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_LINK_H */
diff --git a/src/libr-ro.c b/src/libr-ro.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3de28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-ro.c
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Erich Hoover
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Martin Rosenau
+ *
+ * libr read-only Backend - Read resources from ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr.h"
+#include "libr-internal.h"
+
+/* malloc/free */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* For memory byte-wise compare */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* For endian conversion */
+#include "cvtendian.h"
+
+#define RETURN_UNSUPPORTED RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED, "The read-only backend does not support this operation");
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned char magic[4];
+ eClass byte_size;
+ eEncoding endian;
+ unsigned char version;
+ unsigned char padding[9];
+} ElfPreHeader;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+#define ELF_HALF(b) sizeof(uint16_t)
+#define ELF_WORD(b) sizeof(uint32_t)
+#define ELF_XWORD(b) ((b == ELFCLASS32) ? sizeof(uint32_t) : sizeof(uint64_t))
+#define ELF_ADDR(b) ELF_XWORD(b)
+#define ELF_OFF(b) ELF_XWORD(b)
+
+/* ELF Header Offsets */
+#define HDROFF_TYPE(b) sizeof(ElfPreHeader) /* ElfXX_Half e_type; */
+#define HDROFF_MACHINE(b) HDROFF_TYPE(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_machine; */
+#define HDROFF_VERSION(b) HDROFF_MACHINE(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Word e_version; */
+#define HDROFF_ENTRY(b) HDROFF_VERSION(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_Addr e_entry; */
+#define HDROFF_PHOFF(b) HDROFF_ENTRY(b)+ELF_ADDR(b) /* ElfXX_Off e_phoff; */
+#define HDROFF_SHOFF(b) HDROFF_PHOFF(b)+ELF_OFF(b) /* ElfXX_Off e_shoff; */
+#define HDROFF_FLAGS(b) HDROFF_SHOFF(b)+ELF_OFF(b) /* ElfXX_Word e_flags; */
+#define HDROFF_EHSIZE(b) HDROFF_FLAGS(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_ehsize; */
+#define HDROFF_PHENTSIZE(b) HDROFF_EHSIZE(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_phentsize; */
+#define HDROFF_PHNUM(b) HDROFF_PHENTSIZE(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_phnum; */
+#define HDROFF_SHENTSIZE(b) HDROFF_PHNUM(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_shentsize; */
+#define HDROFF_SHNUM(b) HDROFF_SHENTSIZE(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_shnum; */
+#define HDROFF_SHSTRNDX(b) HDROFF_SHNUM(b)+ELF_HALF(b) /* ElfXX_Half e_shstrndx; */
+
+/* ELF Section Offsets */
+#define SECOFF_NAME(b) 0 /* ElfXX_Word sh_name; */
+#define SECOFF_TYPE(b) SECOFF_NAME(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_Word sh_type; */
+#define SECOFF_FLAGS(b) SECOFF_TYPE(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_XWord sh_flags; */
+#define SECOFF_ADDR(b) SECOFF_FLAGS(b)+ELF_XWORD(b) /* ElfXX_Addr sh_addr; */
+#define SECOFF_OFFSET(b) SECOFF_ADDR(b)+ELF_ADDR(b) /* ElfXX_Off sh_offset; */
+#define SECOFF_SIZE(b) SECOFF_OFFSET(b)+ELF_OFF(b) /* ElfXX_XWord sh_size; */
+#define SECOFF_LINK(b) SECOFF_SIZE(b)+ELF_XWORD(b) /* ElfXX_Word sh_link; */
+#define SECOFF_INFO(b) SECOFF_LINK(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_Word sh_info; */
+#define SECOFF_ADDRALIGN SECOFF_INFO(b)+ELF_WORD(b) /* ElfXX_XWord sh_addralign; */
+#define SECOFF_ENTSIZE SECOFF_ADDRALIGN(b)+ELF_XWORD(b) /* ElfXX_XWord sh_entsize; */
+
+/*
+ * Safely read a parameter from the ELF binary
+ */
+static int read_param(FILE *handle, void *result, size_t bytes, eClass endian)
+{
+ if(fread(result, 1, bytes, handle) != bytes)
+ return 0;
+ if(ferror(handle))
+ return 0;
+ if(endian != HOST_ENDIAN && !ConvertEndian(result, bytes))
+ return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The read-only backend requires no initialization
+ */
+void initialize_backend(void)
+{
+ if(sizeof(ElfPreHeader) != 16)
+ fprintf(stderr, "WARNING: Your compiler did not properly pack important structures!\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * The read-only backend cannot write an output file
+ */
+void write_output(libr_file *file_handle) {}
+
+/*
+ * The read-only backend cannot add sections
+ */
+libr_intstatus add_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, libr_section **retscn)
+{
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the name of a section
+ */
+char *section_name(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ if(scn == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return scn->name;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the pointer to the actual data in the section
+ */
+void *data_pointer(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return (void *) data;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the size of the data in the section
+ */
+size_t data_size(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ return scn->size;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the resource stored in the ELF binary
+ */
+libr_intstatus find_section(libr_file *file_handle, char *section, libr_section **retscn)
+{
+ char *test_name;
+ int i;
+
+ for(i=0; i<file_handle->total_sections; i++)
+ {
+ test_name = section_name(file_handle, &(file_handle->secdata[i]));
+ if(test_name != NULL && strcmp(test_name, section) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ if(i >= file_handle->total_sections)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOSECTION, "ELF resource section not found");
+
+ /* Found the resource, hurray! */
+ *retscn = &(file_handle->secdata[i]);
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the section from the ELF binary
+ */
+libr_data *get_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ FILE *handle = file_handle->handle;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ size_t n;
+
+ fseek(handle, scn->data_offset, SEEK_SET);
+ data = (libr_data *) malloc(scn->size);
+ n = fread(data, 1, scn->size, handle);
+ if(n == 0)
+ goto failed; /* Empty section? */
+ if(ferror(handle))
+ goto failed;
+
+ /* Succeeded in reading the data */
+ return data;
+failed:
+ free(data);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UNSUPORTED BY BACKEND: Create a new data section
+ */
+libr_data *new_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the next section given a section pointer
+ */
+libr_section *next_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ int total_sections = file_handle->total_sections;
+ libr_section *test_scn = NULL;
+ int i;
+
+ if(total_sections == 0)
+ return NULL;
+ /* Requesting the first section */
+ if(scn == NULL)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ /* Do not return an empty section */
+ while(test_scn == NULL || test_scn->size == 0)
+ {
+ if(i > total_sections)
+ return NULL;
+ test_scn = &(file_handle->secdata[i++]);
+ }
+ return test_scn;
+ }
+ /* Return the next section given a section pointer */
+ for(i=0; i<total_sections; i++)
+ {
+ test_scn = &(file_handle->secdata[i]);
+
+ if(test_scn == scn && (i+1) < total_sections)
+ {
+ libr_section *next_scn = &(file_handle->secdata[i+1]);
+
+ /* Returning empty sections is pointless */
+ if(next_scn->size != 0)
+ return next_scn;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UNSUPORTED BY BACKEND: Remove a section
+ */
+libr_intstatus remove_section(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn)
+{
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+ * UNSUPORTED BY BACKEND: Set the data for a section
+ */
+libr_intstatus set_data(libr_file *file_handle, libr_section *scn, libr_data *data, off_t offset, char *buffer, size_t size)
+{
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open a handle to the ELF binary (provided that read-only access is requested)
+ */
+libr_intstatus open_handles(libr_file *file_handle, char *filename, libr_access_t access)
+{
+ const char elf_magic[] = {'\x7F','E','L','F'};
+ uint16_t total_sections, sh_size, strings_sec;
+ ElfPreHeader file_info;
+ libr_section *secdata;
+ FILE *handle = NULL;
+ uint64_t sh_offset;
+ unsigned long i;
+
+ if(access == LIBR_READ_WRITE)
+ RETURN_UNSUPPORTED;
+ handle = fopen(filename, "rb");
+ if(!handle)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_OPENFAILED, "Failed to open input file");
+ if(fread(&file_info, 1, sizeof(ElfPreHeader), handle) != sizeof(ElfPreHeader))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Failed to read pre-header bytes from input file");
+ if(memcmp(file_info.magic, elf_magic, sizeof(elf_magic)) != 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: not an ELF binary");
+
+ /* Confirm processor (byte size) and packing (endian) */
+ if(!enum_valid(file_info.byte_size, ELFCLASS))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: invalid byte size");
+ if(!enum_valid(file_info.endian, ELFDATA))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: invalid endian type");
+
+ /* Get the file offset to the Section Header tables */
+ fseek(handle, HDROFF_SHOFF(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &sh_offset, ELF_OFF(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read section header offset");
+ /* Get the size of the Section Header tables */
+ fseek(handle, HDROFF_SHENTSIZE(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &sh_size, ELF_HALF(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read section header size");
+ /* Get the total number of sections */
+ fseek(handle, HDROFF_SHNUM(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &total_sections, ELF_HALF(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read total number of sections");
+ /* Get the ID of the "strings" section */
+ fseek(handle, HDROFF_SHSTRNDX(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &strings_sec, ELF_HALF(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read string section ID");
+ if(strings_sec >= total_sections)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: invalid string section ID");
+ secdata = (libr_section *) malloc(sizeof(libr_section)*total_sections);
+
+ /* Load section information */
+ for(i=0; i<total_sections; i++)
+ {
+ long sec_start = sh_offset+sh_size*i;
+
+ /* Grab the offset in the string table to the name of the section */
+ fseek(handle, sec_start+SECOFF_NAME(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &(secdata[i].name_offset), ELF_WORD(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read section name offset");
+ /* Grab the offset to the data for the section */
+ fseek(handle, sec_start+SECOFF_OFFSET(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &(secdata[i].data_offset), ELF_OFF(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read section data offset");
+ /* Grab the size of the data for the section */
+ fseek(handle, sec_start+SECOFF_SIZE(file_info.byte_size), SEEK_SET);
+ if(!read_param(handle, &(secdata[i].size), ELF_XWORD(file_info.byte_size), file_info.endian))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read section size");
+ }
+ /* Locate the name offset within the "strings" section and load the string */
+ for(i=0; i<total_sections; i++)
+ {
+ long stringsec_start = secdata[strings_sec].data_offset;
+ size_t n;
+
+ fseek(handle, stringsec_start+secdata[i].name_offset, SEEK_SET);
+ n = fread(secdata[i].name, 1, ELFSTRING_MAX-1, handle);
+ if(ferror(handle))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT, "Invalid input file format: failed to read string");
+ secdata[i].name[n] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* Hold onto the important parameters */
+ file_handle->secdata = secdata;
+ file_handle->total_sections = total_sections;
+ file_handle->endian = file_info.endian;
+ file_handle->byte_size = file_info.byte_size;
+ file_handle->handle = handle;
+ file_handle->filename = filename;
+ file_handle->access = access;
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
diff --git a/src/libr-ro.h b/src/libr-ro.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b8e41a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr-ro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+#ifndef __LIBRRO_H
+#define __LIBRRO_H
+
+/* For file handle support */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* For integer types with set bit-sizes */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*
+ * NOTE: Packing the enum uses the smallest number of bytes
+ * possible to represent the value. This packing does not
+ * guarantee that a "short enum" will be 8 bits, however,
+ * for the small enumerations in the ELF specification this
+ * IS the case (no enum requires more than 8 bits).
+ */
+#define SHORT_ENUM __attribute__ ((__packed__))
+
+/* Type of byte-packing (endian) */
+typedef enum SHORT_ENUM {
+ ELFDATANONE, /* Invalid */
+ ELFDATA2LSB, /* Least Significant Byte First */
+ ELFDATA2MSB, /* Most Significant Byte First */
+ ELFDATAMAX, /* Invalid */
+} eEncoding;
+
+/* Type of target processor */
+typedef enum SHORT_ENUM {
+ ELFCLASSNONE, /* Invalid */
+ ELFCLASS32, /* 32-bit Field Alignment */
+ ELFCLASS64, /* 64-bit Field Alignment */
+ ELFCLASSMAX, /* Invalid */
+} eClass;
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+#define ELFSTRING_MAX 200
+typedef struct _libr_section {
+ uint64_t size;
+ uint64_t data_offset;
+ uint32_t name_offset;
+ char name[ELFSTRING_MAX];
+} libr_section;
+
+typedef struct _libr_file {
+ FILE *handle;
+ char *filename;
+ eEncoding endian;
+ eClass byte_size;
+ libr_access_t access;
+ libr_section *secdata;
+ unsigned long total_sections;
+} libr_file;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+/* for a clean internal API */
+typedef void libr_data;
+
+#define enum_valid(val, name) (val > name##NONE && val < name##MAX)
+
+#endif /* __LIBRRO_H */
diff --git a/src/libr.c b/src/libr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d038594
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr - Add resources into ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Include compile-time parameters */
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "libr.h"
+#include "tempfiles.h"
+
+/* Obtain file information */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Compress files */
+#include <zlib.h>
+#include <math.h> /* for ceil */
+
+/* Handle strings and variable arguments*/
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* For C99 number types */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Handle status codes for multiple threads */
+#include <pthread.h>
+
+#define SPEC_VERSION '1'
+#define OFFSET_TYPE ((unsigned long) 4)
+#define OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED ((unsigned long) OFFSET_TYPE+sizeof(unsigned char))
+#define OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE ((unsigned long) OFFSET_TYPE+sizeof(unsigned char))
+#define OFFSET_COMPRESSED ((unsigned long) OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE+sizeof(uint32_t))
+
+#if 0
+ extern const char * __progname_full;
+ #define progpath() (char *) __progname_full
+#endif
+#define getself() ((char *) "/proc/self/exe")
+
+pthread_key_t error_key;
+
+/*
+ * Free the error status code/message structure
+ * (called on thread destruction or when a new code is set)
+ */
+void free_error_key(void *_m)
+{
+ libr_intstatus *error = (libr_intstatus *) _m;
+
+ if(error != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Free the error structure */
+ if(error->message != NULL)
+ free(error->message);
+ free(error);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Set the error code and message for retrieval
+ */
+void libr_set_error(libr_intstatus error)
+{
+ static int thread_key_initialized = false;
+ libr_intstatus *status = NULL;
+
+ if(!thread_key_initialized)
+ {
+ if(pthread_key_create(&error_key, free_error_key) != 0)
+ return; /* a serious pthread-related error occurred */
+ if(pthread_setspecific(error_key, NULL) != 0)
+ return; /* a serious pthread-related error occurred */
+ thread_key_initialized = true;
+ }
+ free_error_key(pthread_getspecific(error_key));
+ status = (libr_intstatus *) malloc(sizeof(libr_intstatus));
+ memcpy(status, &error, sizeof(libr_intstatus));
+ if(pthread_setspecific(error_key, (void *) status) != 0)
+ return; /* a serious pthread-related error occurred */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make an internal status passing structure, set the error code with this status
+ * if the status is not LIBR_OK.
+ */
+libr_intstatus make_status(const char *function, libr_status code, char *message, ...)
+{
+ libr_intstatus status = {NULL, code, function};
+ va_list args;
+
+ if(message != NULL)
+ {
+ status.message = (char *) malloc(1024);
+ va_start(args, message);
+ vsnprintf(status.message, 1024, message, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ }
+
+ libr_set_error(status);
+ return status;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Make sure that the section is libr-compatible
+ */
+libr_intstatus section_ok(libr_section *scn, libr_data *data)
+{
+ char required_header[5], test_header[4] = {'R', 'E', 'S', SPEC_VERSION};
+ void *ptr = data_pointer(scn, data);
+ size_t size = data_size(scn, data);
+
+ if(ptr == NULL || size < sizeof(required_header))
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOTRESOURCE, "Not a valid libr-resource");
+ memcpy(required_header, ptr, sizeof(required_header));
+ if(strncmp(required_header, test_header, sizeof(test_header)) != 0)
+ RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOTRESOURCE, "Not a valid libr-resource");
+ RETURN_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a resourcefrom the ELF binary handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_clear(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name)
+{
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+
+ /* Ensure valid inputs */
+ if(file_handle == NULL || resource_name == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDPARAMS, "Invalid parameters passed to function");
+ if(file_handle->access != LIBR_READ_WRITE)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOPERM, "Open handle with LIBR_READ_WRITE access");
+ /* Find the section containing the icon */
+ if(find_section(file_handle, resource_name, &scn).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Get the section data (interested in header) */
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA, "Failed to obtain data of section");
+ /* Confirm that this resource is libr-compatible */
+ if(section_ok(scn, data).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Clear the data resource */
+ if(set_data(file_handle, scn, data, 0, NULL, 0).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Remove the section */
+ if(remove_section(file_handle, scn).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Close the specified ELF binary handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN void libr_close(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ unregister_handle_cleanup(file_handle);
+ libr_close_internal(file_handle);
+}
+/* Only called directly by cleanup routine, all other calls should be through libr_close */
+void libr_close_internal(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ write_output(file_handle);
+ free(file_handle);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the last error message for the active thread
+ */
+EXPORT_FN char *libr_errmsg(void)
+{
+ libr_intstatus *error = (libr_intstatus *) pthread_getspecific(error_key);
+
+ if(error == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return error->message;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the last error code for the active thread (or LIBR_OK for no error)
+ */
+EXPORT_FN libr_status libr_errno(void)
+{
+ libr_intstatus *error = (libr_intstatus *) pthread_getspecific(error_key);
+
+ if(error == NULL) /* Nothing has happened yet */
+ return LIBR_OK;
+ return error->status;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the name of a libr-compatible resource
+ */
+EXPORT_FN char *libr_list(libr_file *file_handle, unsigned int resourceid)
+{
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ while((scn = next_section(file_handle, scn)) != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Get the section data (interested in header) */
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if(section_ok(scn, data).status == LIBR_OK)
+ {
+ if(i == resourceid)
+ return strdup(section_name(file_handle, scn));
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allocate a buffer containing the data of a resource
+ */
+EXPORT_FN char *libr_malloc(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, size_t *size)
+{
+ char *buffer = NULL;
+ size_t size_local;
+
+ if(size == NULL)
+ size = &size_local;
+ if(!libr_size(file_handle, resource_name, size))
+ return NULL; /* error already set */
+ buffer = (char *) malloc(*size);
+ if(!libr_read(file_handle, resource_name, buffer))
+ {
+ free(buffer);
+ return NULL; /* error already set */
+ }
+ return buffer;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Open the specified ELF binary (caller if filename is NULL)
+ */
+EXPORT_FN libr_file *libr_open(char *filename, libr_access_t access)
+{
+ libr_file *file_handle = NULL;
+ static int initialized = false;
+
+ if(!initialized)
+ {
+ if(strncmp(zlibVersion(), ZLIB_VERSION, 1) != 0)
+ {
+ SET_ERROR(LIBR_ERROR_ZLIBINIT, "zlib library initialization failed");
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ initialize_backend();
+ initialized = true;
+ }
+
+ if(filename == NULL)
+ filename = getself();
+ file_handle = (libr_file *) malloc(sizeof(libr_file));
+ memset(file_handle, 0, sizeof(libr_file));
+ if(open_handles(file_handle, filename, access).status != LIBR_OK)
+ {
+ /* failed to open file for processing, error already set */
+ free(file_handle);
+ file_handle = NULL;
+ }
+ /* Cleanup handles automatically when libr exits memory */
+ if(file_handle != NULL)
+ register_handle_cleanup(file_handle);
+ return file_handle;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a resource from the specified ELF binary handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_read(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, char *buffer)
+{
+ unsigned long uncompressed_size = 0, compressed_size = 0;
+ char *data_buffer = NULL;
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ libr_type_t type;
+
+ /* Find the section containing the icon */
+ if(find_section(file_handle, resource_name, &scn).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Get the section data (interested in header) */
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA, "Failed to obtain data of section");
+ /* Confirm that this resource is libr-compatible */
+ if(section_ok(scn, data).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ data_buffer = (char *) data_pointer(scn, data);
+ /* Get the size of the data resource */
+ type = (libr_type_t) data_buffer[OFFSET_TYPE];
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED:
+ { if(data_size(scn, data)-OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED < 0)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SIZEMISMATCH, "Section's data size does not make sense");
+ uncompressed_size = data_size(scn, data)-OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED;
+ memcpy(buffer, &data_buffer[OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED], uncompressed_size);
+ } break;
+ case LIBR_COMPRESSED:
+ {
+ uint32_t size_temp;
+
+ memcpy(&size_temp, &data_buffer[OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE], sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uncompressed_size = size_temp;
+ compressed_size = data_size(scn, data)-OFFSET_COMPRESSED;
+ if(uncompress((unsigned char *)buffer, &uncompressed_size, (unsigned char *)&data_buffer[OFFSET_COMPRESSED], compressed_size) != Z_OK)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_UNCOMPRESS, "Failed to uncompress resource data");
+ } break;
+ default:
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE, "Invalid data storage type specified");
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve the number of libr-compatible resources
+ */
+EXPORT_FN unsigned int libr_resources(libr_file *file_handle)
+{
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ while((scn = next_section(file_handle, scn)) != NULL)
+ {
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ continue;
+ if(section_ok(scn, data).status == LIBR_OK)
+ i++;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the size of a resource from the specified ELF binary handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_size(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, size_t *retsize)
+{
+ char *data_buffer = NULL;
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ unsigned long size = 0;
+ libr_type_t type;
+
+ /* Find the section containing the icon */
+ if(find_section(file_handle, resource_name, &scn).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Get the section data (interested in header) */
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA, "Failed to obtain data of section");
+ /* Confirm that this resource is libr-compatible */
+ if(section_ok(scn, data).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ data_buffer = (char *) data_pointer(scn, data);
+ /* Get the size of the data resource */
+ type = (libr_type_t) data_buffer[OFFSET_TYPE];
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED:
+ {
+ size_t full_size = data_size(scn, data);
+
+ if(full_size-OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED < 0)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_SIZEMISMATCH, "Section's data size does not make sense");
+ size = full_size - OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED;
+ } break;
+ case LIBR_COMPRESSED:
+ {
+ memcpy(&size, &data_buffer[OFFSET_UNCOMPRESSED_SIZE], sizeof(uint32_t));
+ } break;
+ default:
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE, "Invalid data storage type specified");
+ }
+ *retsize = size;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a resource to the specified ELF binary handle
+ */
+EXPORT_FN int libr_write(libr_file *file_handle, char *resource_name, char *buffer, size_t size, libr_type_t type, libr_overwrite_t overwrite)
+{
+ char header[9] = {'R', 'E', 'S', SPEC_VERSION};
+ unsigned int header_size = 4;
+ libr_section *scn = NULL;
+ libr_data *data = NULL;
+ libr_intstatus ret;
+
+ /* Ensure valid inputs */
+ if(file_handle == NULL || resource_name == NULL || buffer == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDPARAMS, "Invalid parameters passed to function");
+ if(file_handle->access != LIBR_READ_WRITE)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NOPERM, "Open handle with LIBR_READ_WRITE access");
+ /* Get the section if it already exists */
+ ret = find_section(file_handle, resource_name, &scn);
+ if(ret.status == LIBR_OK)
+ {
+ /* If the section exists (and overwrite is not specified) then fail */
+ if(!overwrite)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_OVERWRITE, "Section already exists, over-write not specified");
+ /* Grab the existing data section for overwriting */
+ if((data = get_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA, "Failed to obtain data of section");
+ }
+ else if(ret.status == LIBR_ERROR_NOSECTION)
+ {
+ /* Create a new section named "resource_name" */
+ if(add_section(file_handle, resource_name, &scn).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Create a data segment to store the compressed image */
+ if((data = new_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NEWDATA, "Failed to create data for section");
+ }
+ else
+ return false; /* error already set */
+
+ header[header_size++] = (char) type;
+ switch(type)
+ {
+ case LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED:
+ /* Do nothing, just stick the data in */
+ break;
+ case LIBR_COMPRESSED:
+ {
+ char *compressed_buffer = NULL, *uncompressed_buffer = buffer;
+ unsigned long compressed_size = 0, uncompressed_size = size;
+ uint32_t size_temp;
+
+ /* Store the uncompressed size to the header */
+ size_temp = uncompressed_size;
+ memcpy(&header[header_size], &size_temp, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ header_size += sizeof(uint32_t);
+ /* Compress the data for storage */
+ compressed_size = ceil((uncompressed_size+12)*1.1);
+ compressed_buffer = (char *) malloc(compressed_size);
+ if(compress((unsigned char *)compressed_buffer, &compressed_size, (unsigned char *)uncompressed_buffer, uncompressed_size) != Z_OK)
+ {
+ free(compressed_buffer);
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_COMPRESS, "Failed to compress resource data");
+ }
+ /* From here on treat the compressed buffer as the data */
+ buffer = compressed_buffer;
+ size = compressed_size;
+ } break;
+ default:
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE, "Invalid data storage type specified");
+ }
+ /* Store the resource header data */
+ if(set_data(file_handle, scn, data, 0, &header[0], header_size).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Create a data segment to store the post-header data
+ * NOTE: For existing files the data of the section is represented as a continuous stream
+ * (so calling elf_getdata now WILL NOT return the post-header data)
+ */
+ if((data = new_data(file_handle, scn)) == NULL)
+ PUBLIC_RETURN(LIBR_ERROR_NEWDATA, "Failed to create data for section");
+ /* Store the actual user data to the section */
+ if(set_data(file_handle, scn, data, header_size, buffer, size).status != LIBR_OK)
+ return false; /* error already set */
+ /* Close compression resources */
+ if(type == LIBR_COMPRESSED)
+ free(buffer);
+ return true;
+}
diff --git a/src/libr.h b/src/libr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1aa1d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/libr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008-2011 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr - Add resources into ELF binaries
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LIBR_H
+#define __LIBR_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#define DEPRECATED_FN __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+#define ALIAS_FN(fn) __attribute__ ((weak, alias (#fn)))
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup libr_status libr_status
+ * @brief Enumeration of possible libr status values.
+ * @{
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ */
+/** Possible libr status values */
+typedef enum {
+ LIBR_OK = 0, /**< Success */
+ LIBR_ERROR_GETEHDR = -1, /**< Failed to obtain ELF header: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NOTABLE = -2, /**< No ELF string table */
+ LIBR_ERROR_TABLE = -3, /**< Failed to open string table: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_GETDATA = -4, /**< Failed to obtain data of section */
+ LIBR_ERROR_GETSHDR = -5, /**< Failed to obtain ELF section header: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_SIZEMISMATCH = -6, /**< Section's data size does not make sense */
+ LIBR_ERROR_UPDATE = -7, /**< Failed to perform dynamic update: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NEWSECTION = -8, /**< Failed to create new section */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NEWDATA = -9, /**< Failed to create data for section */
+ LIBR_ERROR_REMOVESECTION = -10, /**< Failed to remove section: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NOSECTION = -11, /**< ELF resource section not found */
+ LIBR_ERROR_STRPTR = -12, /**< Failed to obtain section string pointer: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NOTRESOURCE = -13, /**< Not a valid libr-resource */
+ LIBR_ERROR_EXPANDSECTION = -14, /**< Failed to expand section */
+ LIBR_ERROR_WRONGFORMAT = -15, /**< Invalid input file format */
+ LIBR_ERROR_SETFLAGS = -16, /**< Failed to set flags for section */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NOPERM = -17, /**< Open handle with LIBR_READ_WRITE access */
+ LIBR_ERROR_NOSIZE = -18, /**< Failed to obtain file size */
+ LIBR_ERROR_SETFORMAT = -19, /**< Failed to set output file format to input file format */
+ LIBR_ERROR_SETARCH = -20, /**< Failed to set output file architecture to input file architecture */
+ LIBR_ERROR_OVERWRITE = -21, /**< Section already exists, over-write not specified */
+ LIBR_ERROR_COMPRESS = -22, /**< Failed to compress resource data */
+ LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDTYPE = -23, /**< Invalid data storage type specified */
+ LIBR_ERROR_MEMALLOC = -24, /**< Failed to allocate memory for data */
+ LIBR_ERROR_INVALIDPARAMS = -25, /**< Invalid parameters passed to function */
+ LIBR_ERROR_UNCOMPRESS = -26, /**< Failed to uncompress resource data */
+ LIBR_ERROR_ZLIBINIT = -27, /**< zlib library initialization failed */
+ LIBR_ERROR_OPENFAILED = -28, /**< Failed to open input file */
+ LIBR_ERROR_BEGINFAILED = -29, /**< Failed to open ELF file: */
+ LIBR_ERROR_WRITEPERM = -30, /**< No write permission for file */
+ LIBR_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED = -31, /**< The requested operation is not supported by the backend */
+} libr_status;
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+typedef enum {
+ LIBR_READ = 0,
+ LIBR_READ_WRITE = 1,
+} libr_access_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED = 0,
+ LIBR_COMPRESSED = 1
+} libr_type_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ LIBR_NOOVERWRITE = 0,
+ LIBR_OVERWRITE = 1
+} libr_overwrite_t;
+
+#ifdef __LIBR_BUILD__
+ #include "libr-internal.h"
+ #if __LIBR_BACKEND_libbfd__
+ #include "libr-bfd.h"
+ #elif __LIBR_BACKEND_libelf__
+ #include "libr-elf.h"
+ #elif __LIBR_BACKEND_readonly__
+ #include "libr-ro.h"
+ #else /* LIBR_BACKEND */
+ #error "Unhandled backend"
+ #endif /* LIBR_BACKEND */
+ #include "libr-backends.h"
+#else
+ struct _libr_file;
+ typedef struct _libr_file libr_file;
+#endif /* __LIBR_BUILD__ */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * libr Resource Management API
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_clear Remove a resource from an ELF executable.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_clear(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Removes a libr-compatible resource from an ELF executable. The handle
+ * must be opened using <b>libr_open</b>(3) with either <b>LIBR_WRITE</b>
+ * or <b>LIBR_READ_WRITE</b> access in order to remove a resource.
+ *
+ * Please note that resource removal does not occur until the handle is
+ * closed using <b>libr_close</b>(3).
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param resourcename The name of the libr-compatible resource to remove.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_close</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_clear(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_close Close a handle to an ELF executable.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>void libr_close(libr_file *handle);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Handles opened with <b>libr_open</b>(3) should be closed with
+ * <b>libr_close</b>() when they are no-longer needed by the calling
+ * application.
+ *
+ * @param handle The handle to close.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+void libr_close(libr_file *handle);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_errmsg Return a detailed description of the last
+ * libr-related error.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>char *libr_errmsg(void);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns a detailed string describing the last error encountered by
+ * the libr resource library. The string is an internal error
+ * description, so it should not be freed.
+ *
+ * If no errors have been encountered then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_errno</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+char *libr_errmsg(void);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_errno Return a status code describing the last
+ * libr-related error.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>libr_status libr_errno(void);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns a code corresponding to the last error encountered by
+ * the libr resource library. For a detailed description of possible
+ * return values see <b>libr_status</b>(3).
+ *
+ * To get a user-readable string corresponding to the last error the
+ * <b>libr_errmsg</b>(3) function should be used instead.
+ *
+ * If no errors have been encountered then <b>LIBR_OK</b> is returned.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_errmsg</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+libr_status libr_errno(void);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_list Obtain the name of a libr ELF resource (by index).
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>char *libr_list(libr_file *file_handle, unsigned int resourceid);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns the name of a libr-compatible resource stored in an ELF binary
+ * corresponding to the given resource index. The index value ranges from
+ * 0 to the value returned by <b>libr_resources</b>(3), which returns the
+ * total number of libr-compatible resources stored in the ELF binary.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param resourceid The index of the libr-compatible resource for which
+ * the name will be returned.
+ *
+ * @return Returns a string containing the name of the resource section. This
+ * string is allocated when the function is called, so it <i>must be
+ * unallocated</i> with a call to <b>free</b>(3) when it is no-longer
+ * needed. NULL is returned on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>free</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+char *libr_list(libr_file *file_handle, unsigned int resourceid);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_malloc Obtain the data corresponding to a libr ELF resource.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>char *libr_malloc(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, size_t *size);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns the contents of a libr-compatible resource stored in an ELF binary
+ * corresponding to the given resource name.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param resourcename The name of the libr-compatible resource for which
+ * the data will be returned.
+ * @param size A pointer for storing the length of the data contained in the
+ * the resource. May be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return Returns NULL on failure, the pointer to a buffer containing the data
+ * for the resource on success. When the buffer is no-longer used it must
+ * be unallocated using a call to <b>free</b>(3).
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>free</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+char *libr_malloc(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_open Open an ELF executable file for resource management.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>libr_file *libr_open(char *filename, libr_access_t access);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * <b>libr_open</b>() can be used on any ELF executable, however,
+ * <b>libr_open</b>() called with <b>LIBR_READ</b> access is only useful
+ * for executables that already contain libr-compatible stored resources.
+ *
+ * An application can easily access its own resources by passing NULL for
+ * the filename and requesting <b>LIBR_READ</b> access. For the obvious
+ * reason that an actively-open application cannot edit itself, the
+ * calling binary may only request <b>LIBR_READ</b> access.
+ *
+ * @param filename ELF executable to manage. Pass a NULL pointer as the
+ * filename in order to access the calling binary (<b>LIBR_READ</b>
+ * access only) @param access Requested access type (<b>LIBR_READ</b>,
+ * <b>LIBR_WRITE</b>, <b>LIBR_READ_WRITE</b>), the valid operations for
+ * the returned handle will be restricted based upon the requested access.
+ * @return Returns a libr file handle on success, NULL on failure. The
+ * handle should be freed with <b>libr_close</b>(3) when no-longer used.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_close</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+libr_file *libr_open(char *filename, libr_access_t access);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_read Read out the contents of a libr ELF resource.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_read(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, char *buffer);</b>
+ *
+ * @section WARNING
+ * This function does not allocate memory for the buffer, so the buffer must
+ * be large enough to fit the resource data. For this reason it is suggested
+ * that <b>libr_malloc</b>(3) be used in preference over this function.
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Reads the contents of a resource embedded in an ELF binary, the resource
+ * must be compatible with the libr specification.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_read(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, char *buffer);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_resources Returns the number of resources contained in
+ * the ELF binary.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>unsigned int libr_resources(libr_file *handle);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Returns the total number of libr-compatible resources contained
+ * in the ELF binary. Intended to be used with <b>libr_list</b>(3)
+ * to return the full list of resources contained in the binary.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @return The total number of libr resources in the binary.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_list</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+unsigned int libr_resources(libr_file *handle);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_size Returns the uncompressed size of a libr resource.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_size(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, size_t *size);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Obtain the total number of bytes consumed by the uncompressed
+ * version of the specific libr-resource. Intended to be used with
+ * <b>libr_read</b>(3) in order to allocate a large enough buffer
+ * for the resource.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param resourcename The name of the resource for which the
+ * size of the data section will be returned.
+ * @param size A pointer for storing the size of the data section.
+ * This pointer cannot be NULL.
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3), <b>libr_read</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_size(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * @page libr_write Adds a libr resource to an ELF binary.
+ * @section SYNOPSIS
+ * \#include <libr.h>
+ *
+ * <b>int libr_write(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, char *buffer, size_t size, libr_type_t type, libr_overwrite_t overwrite);</b>
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ * Adds a libr-compatible resource into the ELF binary. The handle
+ * must be opened using <b>libr_open</b>(3) with either <b>LIBR_WRITE</b>
+ * or <b>LIBR_READ_WRITE</b> access in order to add a resource.
+ *
+ * @param handle A handle returned by <b>libr_open</b>(3).
+ * @param resourcename The name of the resource to create.
+ * @param buffer A string containing the data of the resource.
+ * @param size The total size of the buffer.
+ * @param type The method which should be used for storing the
+ * data (either <b>LIBR_UNCOMPRESSED</b> or
+ * <b>LIBR_COMPRESSED</b>).
+ * @param overwrite Whether overwriting an existing resource
+ * should be permitted (either <b>LIBR_NOOVERWRITE</b> or
+ * <b>LIBR_OVERWRITE</b>).
+ * @return Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure.
+ *
+ * @section SA SEE ALSO
+ * <b>libr_open</b>(3)
+ *
+ * @section AUTHOR
+ * Erich Hoover <ehoover@mines.edu>
+ */
+int libr_write(libr_file *handle, char *resourcename, char *buffer, size_t size, libr_type_t type, libr_overwrite_t overwrite);
+
+#endif /* __LIBR_H */
+
diff --git a/src/onecanvas.c b/src/onecanvas.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e53ece7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/onecanvas.c
@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr "one canvas" - Handle multiple icons stored in a single "one canvas"
+ * SVG document.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+
+typedef struct {
+ double x;
+ double y;
+ double width;
+ double height;
+ int icon_width;
+ int icon_height;
+} IconSVG;
+
+typedef enum {
+ STATUS_FINDSVG,
+ STATUS_FINDMETADATA,
+ STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_START,
+ STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_STOP,
+ STATUS_FINDHIDDEN,
+ STATUS_FINDBOUNDS,
+ STATUS_FAILED,
+ STATUS_DONE,
+} eStatus;
+
+typedef struct {
+ IconSVG **iconlist;
+ int iconlist_num;
+ eStatus status;
+
+ char *hidden_stop;
+ char *hidden_start;
+ char *publisher_stop;
+ char *publisher_start;
+ char *coordinate_stop;
+ char *coordinate_start;
+} OneCanvasIconInfo;
+
+/*
+ * Find the start of the next XML tag (search for '<')
+ */
+static inline char *xml_nextTag(char *c)
+{
+ c++;
+ if(c == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ return strchr(c, '<');
+}
+
+/*
+ * Pull out the name/type of a tag.
+ */
+static inline char *xml_getTagName(char *c)
+{
+ char *tag_end = NULL, *tag_space, *tag_close, *tag_feed, *tag_line;
+ static char tagname[20];
+ int tag_len;
+
+ if(++c == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ tag_space = strchr(c, ' ');
+ tag_close = strchr(c, '>');
+ tag_feed = strchr(c, '\r');
+ tag_line = strchr(c, '\n');
+ if(tag_space)
+ tag_end = tag_space;
+ if(tag_close && tag_end > tag_close)
+ tag_end = tag_close;
+ if(tag_feed && tag_end > tag_feed)
+ tag_end = tag_feed;
+ if(tag_line && tag_end > tag_line)
+ tag_end = tag_line;
+ if(!tag_end)
+ return NULL;
+ tag_len = tag_end - c;
+ tag_len = tag_len > 19 ? 19 : tag_len;
+ strncpy(tagname, c, tag_len);
+ tagname[tag_len] = '\0';
+ return tagname;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the position in the string corresponding to a particular named attribute.
+ */
+static inline char *xml_getTagAttributePtr(char *c, char *attrname)
+{
+ char *end, *name;
+ int found;
+
+ if(++c == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ end = strchr(c, '>');
+ while(c < end)
+ {
+ int name_len;
+ char *equal;
+
+ equal = c = strchr(c, '=');
+ if(c == NULL)
+ break;
+ c++;
+ name = equal;
+ while(name[0] != ' ' && name[0] != '\t' && name[0] != '\n')
+ name--;
+ name++; /* don't include the space */
+ name_len = equal-name;
+ if(name_len != strlen(attrname))
+ continue;
+ if(strncasecmp(attrname, name, name_len) == 0)
+ {
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!found)
+ return NULL;
+ return c-strlen(attrname)-1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the value of an XML tag's named attribute.
+ */
+static inline char *xml_getTagAttribute(char *c, char *attrname)
+{
+ char *data_end;
+ int data_len;
+ char *attr;
+
+ c = xml_getTagAttributePtr(c, attrname);
+ if(c == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ c+=strlen(attrname); /* skip the name */
+ c+=2; /* skip the equals sign and the quote */
+ data_end = strchr(c, '"');
+ data_len = data_end - c;
+ attr = (char *) malloc(data_len+1);
+ strncpy(attr, c, data_len);
+ attr[data_len] = '\0';
+ return attr;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find the value of an XML tag attribute and convert it to a number.
+ */
+static inline double xml_getTagAttributeFloat(char *c, char *attrname)
+{
+ char *value = xml_getTagAttribute(c, attrname);
+ double ret;
+
+ if(!value)
+ return nan("nan");
+ sscanf(value, "%lf", &ret);
+ free(value);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Match the beginning an XML tag by "id" (preferred) or Inkscape's
+ * label (undesireable but acceptable).
+ */
+static inline char *xml_idMatchStart(char *stream_pos, char *layer_name)
+{
+ char *id_acceptable = xml_getTagAttribute(stream_pos, "inkscape:label");
+ char *id_preferred = xml_getTagAttribute(stream_pos, "id");
+
+ if(id_preferred && strncasecmp(id_preferred, layer_name, strlen(layer_name)) == 0)
+ {
+ free(id_acceptable);
+ return id_preferred;
+ }
+ if(id_acceptable && strncasecmp(id_acceptable, layer_name, strlen(layer_name)) == 0)
+ {
+ free(id_preferred);
+ return id_acceptable;
+ }
+ free(id_acceptable);
+ free(id_preferred);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Match the entirety of an XML tag by "id" (preferred) or Inkscape's
+ * label (undesireable but acceptable).
+ */
+static inline int xml_idMatch(char *stream_pos, char *layer_name)
+{
+ char *id_acceptable = xml_getTagAttribute(stream_pos, "inkscape:label");
+ char *id_preferred = xml_getTagAttribute(stream_pos, "id");
+ int ret = FALSE;
+
+ if((id_preferred && strcasecmp(id_preferred, layer_name) == 0)
+ || (id_acceptable && strcasecmp(id_acceptable, layer_name) == 0))
+ ret = TRUE;
+ free(id_acceptable);
+ free(id_preferred);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Strip all the XML tags from a string and return only the data not
+ * contained within any tags.
+ */
+static inline char *xml_stripTags(char *data, int len)
+{
+ char *ret = (char *) malloc(len+1);
+ char *tag_left, *tag_right;
+
+ memcpy(ret, data, len+1);
+ ret[len] = '\0';
+ while((tag_left = strchr(ret, '<')) != NULL)
+ {
+ tag_right = strchr(ret, '>');
+ memmove(tag_left, tag_right+1, strlen(ret)-(tag_right-ret));
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the information for all of the icons within a "one-canvas"
+ * data stream.
+ */
+OneCanvasIconInfo onecanvas_geticons(char *stream)
+{
+ eStatus status = STATUS_FINDSVG;
+ unsigned int stream_size = 0;
+ OneCanvasIconInfo info;
+ char *publisher = NULL;
+ char *stream_pos;
+ int i;
+
+ memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info));
+ stream_pos = stream;
+ while(stream_pos)
+ {
+ char *name = xml_getTagName(stream_pos);
+
+ if(!name)
+ {
+ stream_pos = xml_nextTag(stream_pos);
+ continue;
+ }
+ switch(status)
+ {
+ case STATUS_FINDSVG:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "svg") == 0)
+ {
+ info.coordinate_start = xml_getTagAttributePtr(stream_pos, "x");
+ info.coordinate_stop = xml_getTagAttributePtr(stream_pos, "viewBox");
+ if(info.coordinate_start == NULL || info.coordinate_stop == NULL)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FAILED;
+ break;
+ }
+ info.coordinate_stop = strchr(info.coordinate_stop, '"')+1;
+ info.coordinate_stop = strchr(info.coordinate_stop, '"')+1;
+ status = STATUS_FINDMETADATA;
+ }
+ } break;
+ case STATUS_FINDMETADATA:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "metadata") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_START;
+ }
+ else if(strcasecmp(name, "/svg") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FAILED;
+ }
+ } break;
+ case STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_START:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "dc:publisher") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_STOP;
+ info.publisher_start = stream_pos + strlen("<dc:publisher>");
+ }
+ else if(strcasecmp(name, "/metadata") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FAILED;
+ }
+ } break;
+ case STATUS_FINDPUBLISHER_STOP:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "/dc:publisher") == 0)
+ {
+ info.publisher_stop = stream_pos;
+ publisher = xml_stripTags(info.publisher_start, info.publisher_stop-info.publisher_start);
+ if(strcasecmp(publisher, "one-canvas") == 0)
+ status = STATUS_FINDHIDDEN;
+ else
+ status = STATUS_FAILED;
+ }
+ else if(strcasecmp(name, "/metadata") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_FAILED;
+ }
+ } break;
+ case STATUS_FINDHIDDEN:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "g") == 0)
+ {
+ if(xml_idMatch(stream_pos, "hidden"))
+ {
+ char *style_start;
+
+ info.hidden_start = stream_pos;
+ info.hidden_stop = info.hidden_start;
+ style_start = xml_getTagAttributePtr(stream_pos, "style");
+ if(style_start)
+ {
+ info.hidden_start = style_start;
+ info.hidden_stop = strchr(style_start, '"')+1;
+ info.hidden_stop = strchr(info.hidden_stop, '"')+1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ info.hidden_start += strlen("<g ");
+ info.hidden_stop += strlen("<g ");
+ }
+ status = STATUS_FINDBOUNDS;
+ }
+ }
+ } break;
+ case STATUS_FINDBOUNDS:
+ {
+ if(strcasecmp(name, "rect") == 0)
+ {
+ char *layer_name = xml_idMatchStart(stream_pos, "iconlayer-");
+
+ if(layer_name != NULL)
+ {
+ IconSVG *icon = (IconSVG *) malloc(sizeof(IconSVG));
+
+ icon->x = xml_getTagAttributeFloat(stream_pos, "x");
+ icon->y = xml_getTagAttributeFloat(stream_pos, "y");
+ icon->width = xml_getTagAttributeFloat(stream_pos, "width");
+ icon->height = xml_getTagAttributeFloat(stream_pos, "height");
+ sscanf(layer_name, "iconlayer-%dx%d", &(icon->icon_width), &(icon->icon_height));
+ free(layer_name);
+ status = STATUS_FINDBOUNDS;
+ info.iconlist = (IconSVG **) realloc(info.iconlist, (info.iconlist_num+1)*sizeof(IconSVG *));
+ info.iconlist[info.iconlist_num] = icon;
+ info.iconlist_num++;
+ }
+ }
+ else if(strcasecmp(name, "/g") == 0)
+ {
+ status = STATUS_DONE;
+ }
+ } break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ if(status == STATUS_DONE || status == STATUS_FAILED)
+ break;
+ stream_pos = xml_nextTag(stream_pos);
+ }
+ free(publisher);
+ info.status = status;
+ return info;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain a single icon from the "one-canvas" stream corresponding
+ * to a particular icon size.
+ */
+char *onecanvas_geticon_bysize(char *icon_data, int requested_size)
+{
+ OneCanvasIconInfo info = onecanvas_geticons(icon_data);
+ char *ret = NULL;
+ int i;
+
+ if(info.status == STATUS_DONE && info.iconlist_num > 0)
+ {
+ int closest_diff = abs(info.iconlist[0]->icon_width - requested_size);
+ int tocoord_length, topubl_length, tohidden_length;
+ int icon_id = 0;
+ IconSVG *icon;
+ int ret_max;
+
+ for(i=0;i<info.iconlist_num;i++)
+ {
+ int size_diff = abs(info.iconlist[i]->icon_width - requested_size);
+
+ if(size_diff < closest_diff)
+ {
+ closest_diff = size_diff;
+ icon_id = i;
+ }
+ }
+ icon = info.iconlist[icon_id];
+ /* Note: 200 characters is a very generous over estimate for the data we add in */
+ ret_max = strlen(icon_data)+1+200;
+ ret = (char *) malloc(ret_max);
+ tocoord_length = info.coordinate_start-icon_data;
+ snprintf(ret, ret_max, "%.*s", tocoord_length, icon_data);
+ /* Output the coordinates of the icon */
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "\nx=\"0px\"\ny=\"0px\"\n");
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "width=\"%d\"\n", icon->icon_width);
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "height=\"%d\"\n", icon->icon_height);
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "viewBox=\"%lf %lf %lf %lf\"\n", icon->x, icon->y, icon->width, icon->height);
+ topubl_length = info.publisher_start-info.coordinate_stop;
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "%.*s", topubl_length, info.coordinate_stop);
+ /* Hide the "hidden" layer */
+ tohidden_length = info.hidden_start-info.publisher_stop;
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "%.*s", tohidden_length, info.publisher_stop);
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "\ndisplay=\"none\"\n");
+ /* Output the rest of the document */
+ snprintf(&ret[strlen(ret)], ret_max-strlen(ret), "%s", info.hidden_stop);
+ }
+ for(i=0;i<info.iconlist_num;i++)
+ free(info.iconlist[i]);
+ free(info.iconlist);
+ return ret;
+} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/src/onecanvas.h b/src/onecanvas.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e201417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/onecanvas.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#ifndef __ONECANVAS_H
+#define __ONECANVAS_H
+
+char *onecanvas_geticon_bysize(char *icon_data, int requested_size);
+
+#endif /* __ONECANVAS_H */
diff --git a/src/tempfiles.c b/src/tempfiles.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edf72a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tempfiles.c
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Erich Hoover
+ *
+ * libr temp files - Handle temporary files and handles that require cleanup
+ * when libr closes.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
+ *
+ * To provide feedback, report bugs, or otherwise contact me:
+ * ehoover at mines dot edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "tempfiles.h"
+
+/* For malloc/free and mkdtemp */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* For string handling */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* For directory cleanup */
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+/* For directory creation */
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS
+
+/* Hold on to folder names for cleanup when libr is removed from memory */
+typedef struct CLEANUPFOLDER {
+ char *folder;
+ struct CLEANUPFOLDER *next;
+} CleanupFolder;
+CleanupFolder *folders_to_remove = NULL;
+
+/* Hold on to libr handles for cleanup when libr is removed from memory */
+typedef struct CLEANUPHANDLE {
+ int internal; /* do not warn the user about cleaning this handle up */
+ libr_file *handle;
+ struct CLEANUPHANDLE *next;
+} CleanupHandle;
+CleanupHandle *handles_to_remove = NULL;
+
+#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_SKIP_THIS */
+
+/*
+ * Register a folder for cleanup when libr is removed from memory
+ */
+void register_folder_cleanup(char *temp_folder)
+{
+ CleanupFolder *folder = malloc(sizeof(CleanupFolder));
+
+ folder->folder = strdup(temp_folder);
+ folder->next = NULL;
+ if(folders_to_remove != NULL)
+ {
+ CleanupFolder *f;
+
+ for(f = folders_to_remove; f->next != NULL; f = f->next) {}
+ f->next = folder;
+ }
+ else
+ folders_to_remove = folder;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Register a libr handle for cleanup when libr is removed from memory
+ */
+void register_handle_cleanup(libr_file *handle)
+{
+ CleanupHandle *h = malloc(sizeof(CleanupHandle));
+
+ h->handle = handle;
+ h->internal = FALSE;
+ h->next = NULL;
+ if(handles_to_remove != NULL)
+ {
+ CleanupHandle *i;
+
+ for(i = handles_to_remove; i->next != NULL; i = i->next) {}
+ i->next = h;
+ }
+ else
+ handles_to_remove = h;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Remove a libr handle from the cleanup list
+ */
+void unregister_handle_cleanup(libr_file *handle)
+{
+ CleanupHandle *i, *last = NULL;
+ int found = FALSE;
+
+ if(handles_to_remove == NULL)
+ {
+ printf("Unregistering handle with no list of cleanup handles!\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i = handles_to_remove; i != NULL; last = i, i = i->next)
+ {
+ if(i->handle == handle)
+ {
+ if(last == NULL)
+ handles_to_remove = i->next;
+ else
+ last->next = i->next;
+ free(i);
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!found)
+ printf("Could not find handle to remove from cleanup list!\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Flag a handle as internal (do not warn about unsafe cleanup)
+ */
+void register_internal_handle(libr_file *handle)
+{
+ int found = FALSE;
+ CleanupHandle *i;
+
+ if(handles_to_remove == NULL)
+ {
+ printf("No cleanup list!\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ for(i = handles_to_remove; i != NULL; i = i->next)
+ {
+ if(i->handle == handle)
+ {
+ i->internal = TRUE;
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if(!found)
+ printf("Could not find handle in cleanup list!\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cleanup a temporary folder used to hack the inability to load resources from a buffer
+ */
+void cleanup_folder(char *temp_folder)
+{
+ char *filepath = (char *) malloc(PATH_MAX);
+ DIR *dir = opendir(temp_folder);
+ struct dirent *file;
+
+ while((file = readdir(dir)) != NULL)
+ {
+ char *filename = file->d_name;
+
+ /* Do not delete "self" or "parent" directory entries */
+ if(!strcmp(filename, ".") || !strcmp(filename, ".."))
+ continue;
+ /* But delete anything else */
+ strcpy(filepath, temp_folder);
+ strcat(filepath, "/");
+ strcat(filepath, filename);
+ if(file->d_type == DT_DIR)
+ cleanup_folder(filepath);
+ else
+ {
+ if(unlink(filepath))
+ printf("libr failed to cleanup '%s' in temporary folder: %m\n", filename);
+ }
+ }
+ free(filepath);
+ closedir(dir);
+ if(rmdir(temp_folder) != 0)
+ printf("libr failed to remove temporary folder: %m\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Perform cleanup when libr is removed from memory
+ */
+void do_cleanup(void) __attribute__((destructor));
+void do_cleanup(void)
+{
+ CleanupFolder *f, *fnext;
+ CleanupHandle *h, *hnext;
+
+ /* Cleanup folders */
+ for(f = folders_to_remove; f != NULL; f = fnext)
+ {
+ folders_to_remove = NULL;
+ fnext = f->next;
+ cleanup_folder(f->folder);
+ free(f->folder);
+ free(f);
+ }
+ /* Cleanup handles */
+ for(h = handles_to_remove; h != NULL; h = hnext)
+ {
+ handles_to_remove = NULL;
+ hnext = h->next;
+ /* Unless the handle was created internally then warn the developer to cleanup their act */
+ if(!h->internal)
+ printf("Warning: Application did not cleanup resource handle: %p\n", h->handle);
+ libr_close_internal(h->handle);
+ free(h);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Build all the directories required by a resource
+ * (and construct the output string)
+ */
+int make_valid_path(char *out_path, size_t maxpath, char *start_folder, char *resource_name)
+{
+ char *a, *c = resource_name;
+
+ strcpy(out_path, start_folder);
+ while((a=strchr(c, '/')) != NULL)
+ {
+ strcat(out_path, "/");
+ strncat(out_path, c, (size_t) (a-c));
+ if(mkdir(out_path, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IXUSR) != 0)
+ {
+ if(errno != EEXIST)
+ {
+ printf("failed to make directory: %s %m\n", out_path);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ c = a+1;
+ }
+ strcat(out_path, "/");
+ strcat(out_path, c);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Extract all the resources from the ELF file for use by the resource loader
+ */
+char *libr_extract_resources(libr_file *handle)
+{
+ char *temp_mask = strdup(LIBR_TEMPFILE);
+ char *temp_folder;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ temp_folder = mkdtemp(temp_mask);
+ if(temp_folder == NULL)
+ {
+ /* failed to extract ELF resources, could not create a temporary path */
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ /* If this library cannot dynamically load resources then pull out all the resources to a temporary directory */
+ for(i=0;i<libr_resources(handle);i++)
+ {
+ char *resource_name = libr_list(handle, i);
+ char *file_path[PATH_MAX];
+ size_t resource_size;
+ FILE *file_handle;
+ char *resource;
+
+ resource = libr_malloc(handle, resource_name, &resource_size);
+ if(!make_valid_path((char *)file_path, sizeof(file_path), temp_folder, resource_name))
+ {
+ /* failed to build the path required by a resource */
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ temp_folder = NULL;
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ file_handle = fopen((const char *) file_path, "w");
+ if(file_handle == NULL)
+ {
+ /* failed to extract ELF resources, could not write to temporary path */
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ temp_folder = NULL;
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ /* if the resource is empty then fwrite will fail */
+ if( (resource_size != 0) && (fwrite(resource, resource_size, 1, file_handle) != 1) )
+ {
+ /* failed to extract ELF resources, temporary path out of space? */
+ cleanup_folder(temp_folder);
+ temp_folder = NULL;
+ goto failed;
+ }
+ fclose(file_handle);
+ free(resource);
+ }
+failed:
+ if(temp_folder != NULL)
+ temp_folder = strdup(temp_folder);
+ free(temp_mask);
+ return temp_folder;
+}
diff --git a/src/tempfiles.h b/src/tempfiles.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b9b0bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/tempfiles.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#ifndef __TEMPFILES_H
+#define __TEMPFILES_H
+
+#include "libr.h"
+
+void cleanup_folder(char *temp_folder);
+void register_handle_cleanup(libr_file *handle);
+void unregister_handle_cleanup(libr_file *handle);
+void register_internal_handle(libr_file *handle);
+void register_folder_cleanup(char *temp_folder);
+char *libr_extract_resources(libr_file *handle);
+
+#endif /* __TEMPFILES_H */